advertisement
DocuPrint CM215 Series
User Guide
1
Apple, Bonjour, ColorSync, Macintosh, and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Inc.
Microsoft, Windows Vista, Windows, and Windows Server are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Wi-Fi is a registered trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance. Wi-Fi Protected Setup, WPA, and WPA2 are trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance.
All product/brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective holders.
Microsoft product screen shot(s) reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation.
In this manual, safety instructions are preceded by the symbol . Always read and follow the instructions before performing the required procedures.
Fuji Xerox is not responsible for any breakdown of machines due to infection of computer virus or computer hacking.
WARNING:
This equipment will be inoperable when mains power fails.
IMPORTANT:
1. This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may not be copied or modified in whole or part, without the written consent of the publisher.
2. Parts of this manual are subject to change without prior notice.
3. We welcome any comments on ambiguities, errors, omissions, or missing pages.
4. Never attempt any procedure on the machine that is not specifically described in this manual. Unauthorized operation can cause faults or accidents. Fuji Xerox is not liable for any problems resulting from unauthorized operation of the equipment.
XEROX, the sphere of connectivity design, and DocuPrint are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Xerox Corporation in the U.S. or Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
DocuWorks is a trademark of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
2
Preface
Thank you for purchasing the DocuPrint CM215 series.
This guide is intended for users who use the printer for the first time, and provides all the necessary operating information about the print, copy, scan, and fax functions.
Please read this guide to achieve the best performance from this printer.
This guide assumes you are familiar with computers and the basics of network operation and configuration.
After reading this guide, keep it safe and handy for future reference.
Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
Preface 3
4 Preface
Contents
Radio Frequency Emissions (Class B) ........................................................ 27
Product Safety Certification (UL, CB) .......................................................... 27
Security Precautions for Using Wireless LAN Products ........................................... 29
1 Specifications............................................................................. 33
Fax Function (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) .................................... 40
Direct Fax Function (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) .......................... 41
2 Basic Operation ......................................................................... 43
Front View....................................................................................... 44
Rear View ....................................................................................... 46
ADF ) (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
Only)....................................................................................... 47
Operator Panel ............................................................................... 48
Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel.............................................. 52
Page.................................................................... 53
Using the Operator Panel ............................................................... 53
Using the Printer Setting Utility
(Windows Only)............................. 53
Exiting the Power Saver Mode ....................................................... 54
Contents 5
6
Printer Management Software ................................................... 55
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) .......... 57
Creating an Administrative Password............................................. 57
Printer Setting Utility (Windows Only).......................................................... 58
SimpleMonitor (Windows Only) ................................................................... 59
Address Book Editor (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) ........................ 62
(Windows Only) (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) ............ 64
Printer Connection and Software Installation............................. 65
Overview of Printer Connection and Software Installation .......................... 66
USB Connection ............................................................................. 66
Ethernet Connection (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)............ 67
Wireless Connection (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only) .......................... 68
Available Features for Each Connection Type ............................... 70
Connecting Printer to Your Computer............................................. 71
Setting the IP Address (for IPv4 Mode) (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Printer's TCP/IP and IP Addresses................................................. 80
Dynamic Methods of Setting the Printer’s IP Address .................... 81
Assigning an IP Address Manually ................................................. 82
Verifying the IP Settings ................................................................. 84
Printing and Checking the System Settings
Page .......................... 85
Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Windows............................. 86
Identifying Print Driver Pre-install Status (for Network Connection
Setup) (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) ......................... 86
Using Installer to Set Up Connection and Install Software ............. 88
Using Installer to Install Software for the Existing Printer ............... 92
Setting Up for Web Services on Devices (WSD) ............................ 93
Setting Up for Shared Printing ........................................................ 96
Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Mac OS X......................... 107
Installing the Driver ....................................................................... 107
Adding a Printer ............................................................................ 108
Printing Basics ......................................................................... 113
Print Media Usage Guidelines ...................................................... 115
ADF ) Guidelines (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only).................................................................. 116
Print Media That Can Damage Your Printer ................................. 117
Print Media Storage Guidelines .................................................... 118
Contents
Usable Print Media ....................................................................... 120
Capacity........................................................................................ 122
Print Media Dimensions................................................................ 123
Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder
( MPF ) ............... 123
Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter
( PSI ) ............... 131
Manual Duplex Printing................................................................. 136
Using the Output Tray Extension .................................................. 141
Setting Paper Sizes and Types ................................................................. 142
Setting Paper Sizes ...................................................................... 142
Setting Paper Types ..................................................................... 142
Printing from the Computer........................................................... 144
Canceling a Print Job.................................................................... 145
Selecting Printing Options ............................................................ 148
Printing on Custom Size Paper..................................................... 153
Checking Status of Print Job ........................................................ 155
Printing a Report Page ................................................................. 156
Printer Settings ............................................................................. 157
Copying.................................................................................... 161
Making Copies From the Document Glass................................................ 164
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)........ 166
Number of Copies......................................................................... 168
Reduce/Enlarge ............................................................................ 171
Document Size ............................................................................. 173
Original Type................................................................................. 174
Lighter/Darker ............................................................................... 175
Sharpness..................................................................................... 176
Auto Exposure .............................................................................. 177
Color Balance R............................................................................ 178
Color Balance G ........................................................................... 179
Color Balance B............................................................................ 180
Gray Balance ................................................................................ 181
Margin Top/Bottom........................................................................ 184
Margin Left/Right .......................................................................... 185
Margin Middle ............................................................................... 186
Changing the Default Settings................................................................... 187
Contents 7
8
Scanning.................................................................................. 189
Scanning - From Computer .......................................................... 190
Scanning - From Printer................................................................ 191
Scanning to a USB Connected Computer ................................................. 192
Scanning From the Operator Panel .............................................. 192
Scanning to the TWAIN Driver...................................................... 193
Scanning to the WIA Driver .......................................................... 195
Scanning to the WSD ................................................................... 197
Using a Scanner on the Network (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) ... 199
Overview....................................................................................... 199
Confirming a Login name and Password...................................... 201
Specifying a Destination to Store the Document .......................... 204
Configuring the Printer Settings.................................................... 219
Sending the Scanned File to the Network .................................... 225
Scanning to a USB Storage Device........................................................... 226
Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
Setting a Fax/E-mail Address Book .............................................. 227
Sending an E-mail With the Scanned File .................................... 229
Adjusting the Default Scan Settings ............................................. 231
Changing the Scan Settings for an Individual Job ........................ 233
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)........................... 235
Connecting the Telephone Line................................................................. 236
Setting Your Region...................................................................... 239
Setting the Printer ID .................................................................... 240
Setting the Time and Date ............................................................ 241
Changing the Clock Mode ............................................................ 242
Loading an Original Document on the ADF .................................. 244
Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass............... 245
Resolution..................................................................................... 246
Original Type................................................................................. 247
Lighter/Darker ............................................................................... 248
Inserting a Pause.......................................................................... 249
Sending a Fax Automatically ........................................................ 250
Sending a Fax Manually ............................................................... 251
Confirming Transmissions ............................................................ 252
Automatic Redialing...................................................................... 253
Sending a Fax from the Driver (Direct Fax)............................................... 255
For Windows................................................................................. 256
For Mac OS X ............................................................................... 259
Contents
9
About Receiving Modes................................................................ 262
Loading Paper for Receiving Faxes.............................................. 263
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the
FAX .................................... 264
Receiving a Fax Manually in the
Telephone ................................. 265
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the
Telephone/Fax or Ans
Machine/Fax......................................................................... 266
Receiving a Fax Manually Using an External Telephone ............. 267
Receiving Faxes Using the DRPD Mode...................................... 268
Receiving Faxes in the Memory ................................................... 269
Polling Receive ............................................................................. 270
Speed Dialing ............................................................................... 272
Storing a Number for Speed Dialing ............................................. 273
Sending a Fax Using a Speed Dial............................................... 274
Group Dialing................................................................................ 275
Setting Group Dial ........................................................................ 276
Editing Group Dial......................................................................... 277
Sending a Fax Using Group Dialing (Multi-address Transmission) ....
Printing an Address Book List....................................................... 279
Using the Secure Receiving Mode ............................................... 281
Using an Answering Machine ....................................................... 282
Using a Computer Modem............................................................ 283
Speaker Volume ........................................................................... 285
Ringer Volume .............................................................................. 286
Changing the Fax Settings Options .............................................. 288
Available Fax Setting Options....................................................... 289
Operator Panel
Menus and Keypad ........................ 295
Understanding the Printer Menus.............................................................. 296
Report / List .................................................................................. 297
Meter Readings ............................................................................ 298
Admin Menu.................................................................................. 299
Defaults Settings........................................................................... 325
Tray Settings................................................................................. 335
Panel Language............................................................................ 337
Enabling the Panel Lock ............................................................... 339
Disabling the Panel Lock .............................................................. 340
Limiting Access to Printer Operations ....................................................... 341
Contents 9
10
Setting the Time for the Power Saver Mode.............................................. 342
Using the Numeric Keypad........................................................................ 344
Entering Characters (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) .......... 345
Deleting Numbers or Names ........................................................ 346
Troubleshooting ....................................................................... 347
Avoiding Jams .............................................................................. 349
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams......................................... 350
ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
Only)..................................................................................... 351
Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of the Printer...................... 355
Clearing Paper Jams From the Rear of the Printer ...................... 356
Center Output Tray ..................... 358
Jam Problems............................................................................... 361
The Output Is Too Light ................................................................ 367
Toner Smears or Print Comes Off/Stain on Back Side................. 368
Random Spots/Blurred Images..................................................... 369
The Entire Output Is Blank............................................................ 370
Streaks Appear on the Output ...................................................... 371
Pitched Color Dots........................................................................ 372
Vertical Blanks .............................................................................. 373
Ghosting ....................................................................................... 375
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO) ................................................................. 377
Auger Mark ................................................................................... 378
Wrinkled/Stained Paper ................................................................ 379
The Top Margin Is Incorrect.......................................................... 380
Color Registration Is out of Alignment .......................................... 381
Protrudent/Bumpy Paper .............................................................. 382
Performing Auto Correct ............................................................... 386
Printing the Color Registration Chart ............................................ 387
Determining Values ...................................................................... 388
Entering Values ............................................................................ 389
Fax Problems (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) ................................. 390
Scan Driver/Printer Utility Problems .......................................................... 395
Contents
Wireless Problems (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)........................................ 396
Understanding Printer Messages .............................................................. 398
LCD Panel Messages ................................................................... 408
Alerts (Windows Only) .......................................... 408
Obtaining the Product Information ................................................ 408
Using the Operator Panel ............................................................. 410
Using the Printer Setting Utility
(Windows Only)........................... 411
Maintenance ............................................................................ 413
Cleaning the Scanner ................................................................... 415
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
417
Cleaning Inside the Printer ........................................................... 418
Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor ......................... 421
Overview....................................................................................... 423
.................................................... 424
Installing a Toner Cartridge........................................................... 425
Consumables................................................................................ 428
When to Order Toner Cartridges
................................................... 429
Recycling Supplies ....................................................................... 430
Checking or Managing the Printer with the
CentreWare Internet
Services (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) .................... 433
Checking Printer Status with the SimpleMonitor
(Windows Only) 434
12 Contacting Fuji Xerox .............................................................. 441
Contents 11
12 Contents
Types of Manuals
Paper Manuals
Safety Guide
Setup Guide
Operator Panel Guide
Lifting Your Printer
Describes the information you need to know before using the printer and to operate the printer safely.
Provides step-by-step instructions on how to set up your printer including the initial settings of the Fax and Scan functions. (The fax feature is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
Also describes how to setup wireless network. (Wireless LAN function is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 fw.)
Describes the icons assigned to the buttons or indicators on the operator panel .
Describes how to lift and hold your printer.
Manuals Included on the Software Pack CD-ROM
User Guide (this guide)
Troubleshooting Guide
Product Features
Show Me How
Describes how to get ready to print and set various features. It also covers the operator panel menus, troubleshooting tips, and maintenance information.
Describes the troubleshooting tips for printer problems such as paper jams.
This guide can be opened from the Launcher .
Describes the product features.
This guide can be opened from the installer.
Describes the error recovery procedures for the printer.
This can be opened from the SimpleMonitor .
Types of Manuals 13
Using This Guide
This section describes the organization and conventions of this manual.
„
Organization
This guide is organized into the following chapters. The summary of each chapter is as follows:
Describes the printer specifications.
Describes the main components of the printer, the power saver mode, and how to turn on the printer.
Describes the software available for the printer.
Describes the basic information about how to connect the printer to your computer and how to install the print driver.
Describes the supported paper, how to load paper, and how to print data using various print features.
8 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Describes how to copy documents and the adjustment features.
Describes how to set and use the Scan features.
Describes how to set and use the Fax features. The Fax features are available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.
Describes the setting items available on the operator panel , their setup procedures, and how to use the numeric keypad .
Describes the troubleshooting tips for printer problems such as paper jams.
Describes how to clean the printer, how to replace toner cartridges , and how to see the printer status.
Describes support information.
14 Using This Guide
„
Conventions
• In this guide, personal computers and workstations are collectively called “computers”.
• The following terms are used throughout this guide:
IMPORTANT:
• Important information that must be read and followed.
NOTE:
• Additional information that merits emphasis.
See also:
• References within this guide.
• Orientation of documents or paper is described in this guide as follows:
, , Long Edge Feed (LEF): Loading the document or paper with the long edge into the machine as shown in the illustration below.
, , Short Edge Feed (SEF): Loading the document or paper with the short edge into the machine as shown in the illustration below.
LEF Orientation SEF Orientation
Paper feed direction Paper feed direction
• The screen shots and illustrations in this guide are those of the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw unless there is a note. Some of the items in the screen shots and illustrations may not be displayed or available depending on your printer model.
• Some features are not available on some models.
Using This Guide 15
Safety Notes
Before using this product, read “Safety Notes” carefully for safety use.
This product and recommended supplies have been tested and found to comply with strict safety requirements including safety agency approvals and compliance with environmental standards. Follow the following instructions for safety use.
WARNING:
• Any unauthorized alteration including an addition of new functions or connection to external devices may not be covered by the product warranty. Contact your local Fuji Xerox representative for more information.
Follow all warning instructions marked on this product. The warning marks stand for the followings:
Used for item that if not followed strictly, can lead death or severe or fatal injuries and the possibility to do it is comparatively high.
Used for items that if not followed strictly, can lead to severe or fatal injuries.
Used for items that if not followed strictly, can cause injuries to user or damages to machine.
: A symbol for items to pay attention to when handling machine.
Follow instructions carefully to use machine safely.
Caution Flammable Explodable Electric shock
Heated surface
Moving object
Pinched fingers
: A symbol for prohibited items. Follow instructions carefully to avoid any dangerous acts.
Prohibited No fire Do not touch Do not use in bathroom
Do not tear down
Keep away from wet
Never touch with wet hand
: A symbol for items that must be performed. Follow instructions carefully to carry out these essential tasks.
Instructions Unplug Ground/
Earth
16 Safety Notes
„
Electrical Safety
WARNING
This product shall be operated by the power source as indicated on the product's data plate. Consult your local power company to check if your power source meets the requirements.
WARNING:
• Connect this product to a protective earth circuit.
This product is supplied with a plug that has a protective earth pin. The plug fits only into an earthed electrical outlet. This is a safety feature. If the plug doesn't fit to the outlet, contact an electrician to replace the outlet to avoid risk of electric shock. Never use an earthed adapter plug to connect the product to the electrical outlet that has no earth connection terminal.
Improper connection of a grounding conductor may cause electric shock.
Plug the power cord directly into a grounded electrical outlet. To prevent overheat and a fire accident, do not use an extension cord, a multi-plug adaptor or a multiple connector. Consult your local Fuji Xerox representative to check if an outlet is grounded.
Connect this product to a branch circuit or an outlet that has larger capacity than the rated ampere and voltage of this product. See the data plate on the rear panel of this product for its rated ampere and voltage.
Never touch the power cord with wet hands. It may cause electric shock.
Do not put an object on the power cord.
Always keep the plug connection free of dust. The dusty and damp environment may bring about minute electric current in a connector. It may generate heat and eventually cause a fire accident.
To avoid the risk of electric shock and a fire accident, only use the power cord supplied with this product or the ones designated by Fuji Xerox.
The power cord is exclusive use for this product. Do not use it for any other product.
Do not damage or alter the power cord. Damage and alteration may generate heat and eventually cause electric shock or a fire accident.
If the power cord is damaged or insulated wires are exposed, contact your local Fuji Xerox representative for its replacement. Do not use a damaged or uninsulated cord to avoid the risk of electric shock and a fire accident.
CAUTION
When cleaning this product, always switch off and unplug it. Access to a live machine interior may cause electric shock.
Do not unplug or re-plug this product with the switch on. Plugging and unplugging a live connector may deform the plug and generate heat, and eventually cause a fire accident.
Hold the plug not the cord when unplugging this product, or it may damage the cord and cause electric shock or a fire accident.
Safety Notes 17
For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, switch off and unplug the product when it (i.e., fax function) is not used over weekends or long holidays.
Please note that it cannot receive fax message during switch-off.
Once a month, switch off this product and check if
• the power cord is plugged firmly into an electrical outlet;
• the plug is not excessively heated, rusted or bent;
• the plug and electrical outlet are free of dust; and
• the power cord is not cracked or worn down.
Once you notice any unusual condition, switch off and unplug this product first and contact your local Fuji Xerox representative.
18 Safety Notes
„
Machine Installation
WARNING
Do not locate this product where people might step on or trip over the power cord. Friction or excessive pressure may generate heat and eventually cause electric shock or a fire accident.
CAUTION
Never locate this product in the following places:
• Near radiators or any other heat sources
• Near volatile flammable materials such as curtains
• In the hot, humid, dusty or poorly ventilated environment
• In the place receiving direct sunlight
• Near cookers or humidifiers
Locate this product on a level and sturdy surface that can withstand a weight of 15.0 Kg
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw) / 14.3 Kg (DocuPrint CM215 b). Otherwise, if tilted, the product may fall over and cause injuries.
Safety Notes 19
Locate this product in a well-ventilated area. Do not obstruct ventilation openings of the product.
Keep the minimum clearance as follows for ventilation and an access to the power plug.
Unplug the product if an abnormal condition is noted.
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw:
131 mm 100 mm
879 mm
200 mm 114 mm
937 mm
100 mm
100 mm
702 mm
200 mm
DocuPrint CM215 b:
848 mm
200 mm
100 mm
114 mm
114 mm
100 mm
937 mm
100 mm
691 mm
200 mm
20 Safety Notes
114 mm
Do not incline the product at more than 10 degree angle. Otherwise, it may fall over and cause injuries.
Left Right Left
10° 10°
Right
Front Back Front
10° 10°
Back
The illustrations show the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.
To bundle wires and cables, always use the cable ties and spiral tubes that Fuji Xerox supplies.
Otherwise, it may cause some defects.
Others
To keep this product in a good performance and condition, always use it in the following environment:
• Temperature: 10 – 32 °C
• Humidity: 10 – 85%
When the product is left in a chilly room and the room is rapidly warmed up by heater, dew condensation may form inside the product and cause a partial deletion on printing.
Safety Notes 21
„
Operational Safety
WARNING
The operator's product maintenance procedures are described in the customer documentation supplied with this product. Do not carry out any other maintenance procedures not described in the documentation.
This product features safety design not to allow operators access to hazard areas. The hazard areas are isolated from operators by covers or protectors which require a tool to remove. To prevent electric shock and injuries, never remove those covers and protectors.
To avoid the risk of electric shock and a fire accident, switch off and unplug the product promptly in the following conditions, then contact your local Fuji Xerox representative.
• The product emits smoke or its surface is unusually hot.
• The product emits unusual noise or odor.
• The power cord is cracked or worn down.
• A circuit breaker, fuse or any other safety device becomes activated.
• Any liquid is spilled into the product.
• The product is soaked in water.
• Any part of the product is damaged.
Do not insert any object into slots or openings of this product.
Do not put any of the followings on the product:
• Liquid container such as flower vases or coffee cups
• Metal parts such as staples or clips
• Heavy objects
If liquid is spilled over or metal parts are slipped into the product, it may cause electric shock or a fire accident.
Do not use conductive paper such as origami paper, carbonic paper or conductively-coated paper. When paper jam occurs, it may cause short-circuit and eventually a fire accident.
When cleaning this product, use the designated cleaning materials exclusive to it. Other cleaning materials may result in poor performance of the product. Never use aerosol cleaners to avoid catching fire and explosion.
Never play the CD-ROM supplied with the product on an audio player. Always use a CD-ROM player. Otherwise, large sound may damage audio players or your ears.
CAUTION
Always follow all warning instructions marked on or supplied with this product.
To avoid the risk of burn injuries and electric shock, never touch the area with the “High
Temperature” or “High Voltage” marks on.
Keep electrical and mechanical safety interlocks active. Keep the safety interlocks away from magnetic materials. Magnetic materials may accidentally activate the product and cause injuries or electric shock.
Do not attempt to remove a paper deeply jammed inside the product, particularly a paper wrapped around the fusing unit or the heat roller. Otherwise, it may cause injuries or burns.
Switch off the product immediately and contact your local Fuji Xerox representative.
22 Safety Notes
Do not apply excessive force to hold thick document on the document glass. It may break the glass and cause injuries.
Ventilate well during extended operation or mass copying. It may affect the office air environment due to odor such as ozone in a poorly ventilated room.
Provide proper ventilation to ensure the comfortable and safe environment.
Safety Notes 23
„
Consumable
WARNING
Store all consumables in accordance with the instructions given on its package or container.
Never use a vacuum cleaner for spilled toner and residual toner in this product, toner cartridge or toner bottle.
It may catch fire by electric sparks inside a vacuum cleaner and cause explosion.
Use a broom or a wet cloth to wipe off the spills. If you spill a large volume of toner, contact your local Fuji Xerox representative.
Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame. Remaining toner in the cartridge may catch fire and cause burn injuries or explosion.
If you have a used toner cartridge no longer needed, contact your local Fuji Xerox representative for its disposal.
CAUTION
Keep drum cartridges (or drum if not a cartridge type) and toner cartridges out of the reach of children. If a child accidentally swallows toner, spit it out, rinse mouth with water, drink water and consult a physician immediately.
When replacing drum cartridges (or drum if not a cartridge type) and toner cartridges, be careful not to spill the toner. In case of any toner spills, avoid contact with clothes, skin, eyes and mouth as well as inhalation.
If toner spills onto your skin or clothing, wash it off with soap and water.
If you get toner particles in the eyes, wash it out with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes until irritation is gone. Consult a physician if necessary.
If you inhale toner particles, move to a fresh air location and rinse your mouth with water.
If you swallow toner, spit it out, rinse your mouth with water, drink plenty of water and consult a physician immediately.
24 Safety Notes
„
Warning and Caution Labels
Always follow all warning instructions marked on or supplied with this product.
To avoid the risk of burn injuries and electric shock, never touch the area with the "High Temperature" or "High Voltage" marks on.
The illustrations show the DocuPrint CM215 fw.
Safety Notes 25
Environment
• For environmental protection and efficient use of resources, Fuji Xerox reuses returned toner cartridges and drums (photoreceptors) to make recycle parts, recycle materials or energy recovery.
• Proper disposal is required for toner cartridges, drum (photoreceptor) modules no longer needed. Do not open toner cartridges, drum (photoreceptor) modules. Return them to your local
Fuji Xerox representative.
26 Environment
Regulation
„
Radio Frequency Emissions (Class B)
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to the International Standard for Electromagnetic Interference (CISPR Publ. 22) and
Radiocommunications Act 1992 in Australia/New Zealand. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This product generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this product does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning this product off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between this product and the receiver.
• Connect this product into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Changes and modifications to this product not specifically approved by Fuji Xerox may void the user’s authority to operate this product.
„
Product Safety Certification (UL, CB)
This product is certified by the following agency using the safety standards listed.
Agency
TUV-Rheinland
Standard
IEC60950-1:ed. 2
Regulation 27
Illegal Copies and Printouts
Copying or printing certain documents may be illegal in your country. Penalties of fines or imprisonment may be imposed on those found guilty. The following are examples of items that may be illegal to copy or print in your country.
• Currency
• Banknotes and checks
• Bank and government bonds and securities
• Passports and identification cards
• Copyright material or trademarks without the consent of the owner
• Postage stamps and other negotiable instruments
This list is not inclusive and no liability is assumed for either its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, contact your legal counsel.
28 Illegal Copies and Printouts
Security Precautions for Using Wireless LAN
Products
One of the advantages of wireless LAN is that connections are possible anywhere within the range of the radio waves. This is possible because instead of cables, wireless LAN uses radio waves to connect computers and wireless access points.
On the other hand, the radio waves get through obstructions (such as walls) within the range to reach every place, so the following problems may occur if security is not set up.
• Transmissions Can Be Accessed Covertly
It is possible for criminal outsiders to intentionally intercept the transmissions to covertly access the information in the transmissions.
• IDs, passwords, credit card numbers, and other personal information
• Content of mail
• Unauthorized Access
Criminal outsiders may access private or company networks without authorization to do the following.
• Steal personal or secret information (information leak)
• Impersonate someone and send false information (impersonation)
• Alter intercepted transmissions and distribute them (falsification)
• Infect computers with a virus to destroy data or systems (vandalism)
You can reduce the possibility of these problems by doing the setting up security for your wireless LAN product.
Wireless LAN cards and wireless access points conventionally have security arrangements to prevent these types of problems.
We recommend that customers fully understand the problem of using the product without security and that they determine to and take the responsibility for setting up security for their product.
Security Precautions for Using Wireless LAN Products 29
Product Features
This section describes the product features and indicates their links.
Manual Duplex Print N-Up (2-in-1 Copy)
The Duplex print feature allows you to print two or more pages on the front and back sides of a single sheet of paper manually. This feature helps reduce paper consumption.
For more information, see "Manual Duplex
.
The N-Up copy feature allows you to print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper. This feature helps reduce paper consumption.
For more information, see
.
Scanning to a USB Storage Device Priority Sheet Inserter ( PSI )
You do not need a computer to connect your
USB storage device to save the scanned data.
Insert your USB storage device in the port on the printer, and save the scanned data directly to your USB storage device.
For more information, see "Scanning to a USB
Print media loaded on the PSI is given precedence over those loaded on the multipurpose feeder ( MPF ). Using the PSI allows you to use other types or sizes of print media preferentially over the regular print media loaded on the MPF .
For more information, see "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 131 .
30 Product Features
Printing Through Wireless Connection
(Wireless Print) (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)
The Wireless LAN feature on your printer allows you to install the printer at any location, and enables printing without a wired connection to your computer.
The Wireless LAN feature is unavailable depending on the region you purchased.
For more information, see "Wireless Connection
(DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)" on page 73 .
Imaging Technology
Conventional technology
Jagged line
Enhanced image
Smooth line
This printer reproduces smooth lines and gradations by 1200 x 2400 dpi high-resolution LED print heads and Micro Accurate Control Screen (MACS) Technology.
In addition, the color registration of each toner is corrected with ultra high precision through a digital process by Image Registration Control Technology (IReCT).
Product Features 31
32 Product Features
1
Specifications
This chapter lists the main specifications of the printer. Note that the specifications of the product may change without prior notice.
NOTE:
• Some features are not available on some models.
This chapter includes:
• "Fax Function (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 40
• "Direct Fax Function (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 41
Specifications 33
Copy Function
Type
Memory
HDD
Color Capability
Scanning Resolution
Printing Resolution
Halftone/Printable Colors
Warm-up Time
Original Paper Size
Output Paper Size
Output Paper Weight
First Copy Output Time
Reduction/Enlargement
Console
128 MB
—
Full color
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw:
Document glass : 600 × 600 dpi
Automatic document feeder : 600 × 300 dpi
DocuPrint CM215 b:
Document glass : 600 × 600 dpi
Output resolution: 1200 × 2400 dpi
Data processing resolution: 600 × 600 dpi
256 color gradation for each color (16,700,000 colors)
31 seconds or less*
*: The values are based on a room temperature of 22 °C and on the factory default setting.
IMPORTANT:
• It may take longer due to the image quality adjustment.
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw:
Document glass : The maximum size is 215.9 × 297 mm for both sheets and books.
Automatic document feeder : The maximum size is 215.9 × 355.6 mm.
DocuPrint CM215 b:
Document glass : The maximum size is 215.9 × 297 mm for both sheets and books.
Multipurpose feeder / Priority sheet inserter :
Maximum: Legal
Minimum: 76.2 × 127 mm (3 × 5")
Image loss width: Top edge, 4 mm or less; bottom edge, 4 mm or less; left and right edges, 4 mm or less
Multipurpose feeder / Priority sheet inserter :
60 – 163 gsm
IMPORTANT:
• Use paper recommended by Fuji Xerox. Copying may not be performed correctly depending on the conditions.
Monochrome: 24 seconds (for A4 /monochrome priority mode)
Color: 40 seconds (for A4 /color priority mode)
Size-for-Size: 1:1
±
1.3%
Preset %: 1:0.500, 1:0.707, 1:0.816, 1:1.225, 1:1.414, 1:2.000
Variable %: 1:0.25 – 1:4.00 (1% increments)
34 Specifications
Continuous Copy Speed
Paper Tray Capacity
Continuous Copy
Output Tray Capacity
Power Supply
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw:
Document glass :
Monochrome:
A4: 15 sheets/minute
Color:
A4: 12 sheets/minute
Automatic document feeder :
Monochrome:
A4: 10 sheets/minute
Color:
A4: 2 sheets/minute
DocuPrint CM215 b:
Document glass :
Monochrome:
A4: 15 sheets/minute
Color:
A4: 12 sheets/minute
IMPORTANT:
• The speed may be reduced due to image quality adjustment.
• The performance may be reduced depending on the paper type or paper tray.
Standard:
150 sheets ( Multipurpose feeder ) + 10 sheets ( Priority sheet inserter )
Maximum paper capacity:
160 sheets (standard)
IMPORTANT:
• When using Fuji Xerox P paper (64 gsm)
99 images
NOTE:
• The machine may pause temporarily to perform image stabilization.
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw:
Center output tray :
Approximately 100 sheets (A4 )
Document output tray :
Approximately 15 sheets (A4 )
DocuPrint CM215 b:
Center output tray :
Approximately 100 sheets (A4 )
IMPORTANT:
• When using Fuji Xerox P paper (64 gsm)
AC 220 – 240 V ± 10%/110 – 127 V ± 10%, 5/7 A for both 50/60 Hz ±
3 Hz
Specifications 35
Power Consumption
Dimensions
Machine Weight
Space Requirement
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw:
Maximum power consumption:
810 W
Low Power mode:
11 W or less
Sleep mode:
2 W or less
Standby mode:
55 W or less
DocuPrint CM215 b:
Maximum power consumption:
950 W
Low Power mode:
16 W or less
Sleep mode:
7 W or less
Standby mode:
65 W or less
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw:
Width 410 × Depth 389 * × Height 337.5 mm
DocuPrint CM215 b:
Width 410 × Depth 389 * × Height 318 mm
*: When the front cover is closed.
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw:
15.0 kg
DocuPrint CM215 b:
14.3 kg
IMPORTANT:
• The weight of paper is not included.
• The weight of the toner cartridges are included.
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw:
Width 879 × Depth 936.5
*
mm
DocuPrint CM215 b:
Width 848 × Depth 936.5
*
mm
*: When the front cover and rear cover are open.
36 Specifications
Print Function
Type
Continuous Print Speed
Print Resolution
PDL
Protocol
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Operating System
Connectivity
Built-in
Same as the Copy Function
Output resolution: 1200 × 2400 dpi
Data processing resolution: 600 × 600 dpi
— (Host-based)
DocuPrint CM215 f:
Ethernet (standard): TCP/IP (Ipd, Port9100, WSD)
DocuPrint CM215 fw:
Ethernet (standard): TCP/IP (Ipd, Port9100, WSD)
IEEE802.11b/g (standard)
NOTE:
• WSD stands for Web Services on Devices.
• WSD is available only on Windows Vista
®
, Windows
Windows
®
8.
®
7 or
Standard: GDI driver
Microsoft ® Windows ® XP,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
,
Microsoft ® Windows ® 7,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
8,
Microsoft ® Windows ® XP x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
x64,
Microsoft ® Windows Server ® 2008 R2,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7 x64,
Microsoft ® Windows ® 8 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2012,
Mac OS X 10.4/10.5/10.6/10.7/10/8
IMPORTANT:
• For information about the latest supported OS, contact our
Customer Support Center.
DocuPrint CM215 f:
Standard: Ethernet (100BASE-TX/10BASE-T), USB 2.0 (Hi-
Speed)
DocuPrint CM215 fw:
Standard: Ethernet (100BASE-TX/10BASE-T), USB 2.0 (Hi-
Speed), IEEE802.11b/g
DocuPrint CM215 b:
Standard: USB 2.0 (Hi-Speed)
Specifications 37
Scan Function
Type
Original Paper Size
Scanning Resolution
Scanning Halftone
Scanning Speed
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Connectivity
Color scanner
Same as the Copy Function
1200 × 1200 dpi, 600 × 600 dpi, 300 × 300 dpi, 200 × 200 dpi
Monochrome : 8 bit
Color : 24 bit
Monochrome : 10 sheets/minute
Color : 2 sheets/minute
IMPORTANT:
• The scanning speed varies depending on documents.
DocuPrint CM215 f:
Standard: Ethernet 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T, USB 1.1/2.0
DocuPrint CM215 fw:
Standard: Ethernet 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T, USB 1.1/2.0,
IEEE802.11b/g
DocuPrint CM215 b:
Standard: USB 1.1/2.0
38 Specifications
Scan to PC
Scan to e-mail
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Protocol (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only): TCP/IP (SMB, FTP)
Operating System:
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
XP,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
8,
Microsoft
®
Windows XP x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2003 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008 R2,
Microsoft
®
Windows
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7 x64,
®
8 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2012,
Mac OS X 10.4/10.5/10.6/10.7/10/8
IMPORTANT:
• For information about the latest supported OS, refer to the Fuji
Xerox Web site.
File Format:
TIFF
JPEG
PDF (v 1.6)
Protocol: TCP/IP (SMTP, POP3)
File Format:
Monochrome binary:
TIFF, JPEG, PDF
Gray scale/full color:
TIFF, JPEG, PDF
Specifications 39
Fax Function (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Send Document Size
Recording Paper Size
Transmission Time
Transmission Mode
Scanning Resolution
Coding Method
Transmission Speed
No. of Fax Lines
Document glass :
Maximum: A4/Letter
Automatic document feeder :
Maximum: Legal
Maximum: Legal
Minimum: A4/Letter
3 seconds
IMPORTANT:
• When transmitting an A4 size 700-character document in the standard quality (8 x 3.85 lines/mm) and high speed mode (28.8 kbps or above: JBIG). This is only the transmission speed for image information and does not include the controlling time for the communication. Note that the actual transmission time depends on the content of documents, the machine that the recipient uses, and the status of the communication line.
ITU-T Super G3/G3 ECM/G3
Standard :
203 × 98 dpi (8 × 3.85 dots/mm)
Fine :
203 × 196 dpi (8 × 7.7 dots/mm)
Super Fine :
203 × 392 dpi (8 × 15.4 dots/mm)
Ultra Fine :
406 × 392 dpi (16 × 15.4 dots/mm)
MH, MR, MMR, JBIG
G3:33.6/31.2/28.8/26.4/24.0/21.6/19.2/16.8/14.4/12.0/9.6/7.2/4.8/2.4
kbps
PSTN, PBX. Leased line (3.4KHz/2-wire)
RJ-11, 1 line
40 Specifications
Direct Fax Function (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
Only)
Document Size
Transmission Speed
Transmission Resolution
Applicable Lines
Operating System
A4, Letter, Folio, Legal
Same as the Fax Function
Standard :
203 × 98 dpi (8 × 3.85 dots/mm)
High Quality :
203 × 196 dpi (8 × 7.7 dots/mm)
Superfine :
203 × 392 dpi (8 × 15.4 dots/mm)
Super-High Image Quality :
406 × 392 dpi (16 × 15.4 dots/mm)
Same as the Fax Function
Microsoft
® Windows ® XP,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
,
Microsoft ® Windows Server ® 2003,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008,
Microsoft ® Windows ® 7,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
8,
Microsoft ® Windows ® XP x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Vista
®
x64,
Microsoft ® Windows Server ® 2003 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2008 x64,
Microsoft ® Windows Server ® 2008 R2,
Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7 x64,
Microsoft ® Windows ® 8 x64,
Microsoft
®
Windows Server
®
2012,
Mac OS X 10.4/10.5/10.6/10.7/10/8
IMPORTANT:
• For information about the latest supported OS, refer to the Fuji
Xerox Web site.
Specifications 41
42 Specifications
Basic Operation
This chapter includes:
• "Main Components" on page 44
• "Turning On the Printer" on page 51
• "Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel" on page 52
• "Printing a Panel Settings Page" on page 53
• "Power Saver Mode" on page 54
2
Basic Operation 43
Main Components
This section provides an overview of your printer.
This section includes:
• "Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 47
„
Front View
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
1 2
11
3 4 5 6 7 8
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
1 Output Tray Extension
3 Operator Panel
5 Document Feeder Tray
7 Toner Access Cover
9 Power Switch
11 Paper Width Guides
13 Length Guide
15 USB Drive
9
2 Center Output Tray
4 Automatic Document Feeder ( ADF )
6 Document Output Tray
8 Print Head Cleaning Rod
10 Front Cover
12 Slide Bar
14 Multipurpose Feeder ( MPF )
16 Priority Sheet Inserter ( PSI )
44 Basic Operation
DocuPrint CM215 b
10
1 2 3 4 5 6
15
1 Output Tray Extension
3 Operator Panel
5 Toner Access Cover
7 Print Head Cleaning Rod
9 Front Cover
11 Slide Bar
13 Multipurpose Feeder ( MPF )
15 Priority Sheet Inserter ( PSI )
14 13 12 11 10 9 8
2 Center Output Tray
4 Document Cover
6 Document Glass
8 Power Switch
10 Paper Width Guides
12 Length Guide
14 USB Drive
7
Basic Operation 45
„
Rear View
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
1
13
12
11
10
9
8
1 ADF Cover
3 USB Port
5 Phone Connector
7 Power Connector
9 Transfer Roller
11 Paper Feed Roller
13 Levers
DocuPrint CM215 b
7 6
2 Ethernet Port
4 Wall Jack Connector
6 Rear Cover Handle
8 Rear Cover
10 Paper Chute
12 Transfer Drum
9
8
7
6
5
4
1 USB Port
3 Power Connector
5 Transfer Roller
7 Paper Feed Roller
9 Levers
3 2
2 Rear Cover Handle
4 Rear Cover
6 Paper Chute
8 Transfer Drum
46 Basic Operation
1
4
5
2
3
„
Automatic Document Feeder ( ADF ) (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
1 2 3
4
5
6
1 ADF Cover
2 Document Guides
3 ADF Glass
4 Document Glass
5 Document Feeder Tray
6 Document Cover
Basic Operation 47
„
Operator Panel
The operator panel has a 4-line by 28-character liquid crystal display (LCD), light-emitting diodes
(LED), control buttons, one-touch buttons , and numeric keypad , which allow you to control the printer.
(The one-touch buttons are available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
1* 2 3 4 5 6* 7 8 9* 10* 11 12
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
Wi-Fi
WPS
OK
@:./
1
GHI
4
PQRS
7
-_˜
ABC
2
JKL
5
TUV
8
DEF
3
MNO
6
WXYZ
9
0 # C
/
CA
28** 27** 26 25 24* 23 22 21 20 19* 18
*: This button/LED is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.
**:This button/LED is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 fw.
17* 16 15 14 13
1*
7
8
4
5
2
3
6*
9*
10*
11
12
13
14
One-touch buttons
/
(Copy) button/LED
(Scan) button/LED
buttons
buttons
(Job Status) button/LED
(System) button/LED
Numeric keypad
(Redial/Pause) button
(Speed Dial) button
CA (Clear All) button
(Energy Saver) button/LED
(Stop) button
(Start) button
15
16
(Error) LED
(Data) LED
17* C (Clear) button
Calls up the stored fax number registered in the Address
Book . The first eight fax numbers in the Address Book are assigned to the buttons in row order, starting from the top corner.
Moves to the top level of the Copy menu.
Moves to the top level of the Scan menu.
Moves a cursor or highlight up or down.
Moves a cursor or highlight left or right.
Moves to the top level of the Job Status menu.
Moves to the top level of the System menu.
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
• Enters characters and numbers.
DocuPrint CM215 b
• Enters numbers.
• Re-dials a telephone number.
• Inserts a pause during dialing.
Calls up a stored telephone number.
Resets the current setting, and returns to the top level of each service menu.
Lights up in the Sleep mode. Press this button to exit the
Sleep mode.
Cancels the current processing or pending job.
Starts a job.
Lights up when the printer has an error.
Lights up for incoming, outgoing, or pending jobs.
Deletes characters and numbers.
48 Basic Operation
18 # button
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
C (Clear) button
Enters characters "(space) & ( )".
Deletes numbers.
19*
(DocuPrint CM215 b only)
(Address Book) button Pressing this button at the Fax menu, moves to the top level of the Address Book menu.
Confirms the entry of values.
20
21
22
23
24*
25
26
27**
28**
button
(Back) button
LCD Panel
(Print) button/LED
(Fax) button/LED
Color Mode button
B&W/Color LED
(WPS) button
(Wi-Fi) LED
Returns to the previous screen.
Displays various settings, instructions, and error messages.
Moves to the top level of the
Moves to the top level of the
Fax
menu.
menu.
Switches the color mode.
Lights up to indicate which color mode is selected.
Starts Wi-Fi Protected Setup
®
(Push Button Configuration).
Lights up when wireless connection is established, and blinks in certain conditions.
*: This button/LED is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.
**: This button/LED is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 fw.
NOTE:
• Moving to a different menu or returning to a previous screen cancels the current entry or setting. Make sure to press the button to save the current entry or setting.
•
For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, see "Using the Numeric Keypad" on page 344
for details on how to use the numeric keypad to enter alphanumeric characters.
Status of Wi-Fi LED (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)
This section describes when the (Wi-Fi) LED lights up or blinks.
See also:
• "Wireless Problems (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)" on page 396
(Wi-Fi) LED Printer Status
Off
Wi-Fi settings*
N/A
Off
On
On
Blinking normal
Blinking slowly
On
On
On
Error Message
Connected to the network via
Ethernet cable; Wi-Fi settings are not available when an
Ethernet cable is connected to the printer.
—
The printer enters the Power
Saver mode
Wireless link established
Searching for wireless LAN access point or router
Searching/Connecting with WPS access point or router during wireless operation
—
—
—
—
—
—
Basic Operation 49
(Wi-Fi) LED Wi-Fi settings*
On
Printer Status Error Message
Blinking fast
No wireless LAN access point or router on which the WPS is being executed found within the specified time
WPS Connection failure; Security setting of the wireless LAN access point or router is WEP, which is unsupported on WPS.
Wireless Error
016-920 System Setup
Fail
Wireless Error
016-921 System Setup
Fail
*: You can enable/disable the Wi-Fi
settings. For more information, see "Wi-Fi (DocuPrint CM215 fw
50 Basic Operation
Turning On the Printer
IMPORTANT:
• Do not use extension cords or power strips.
• The printer should not be connected to an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system.
1 Connect the power cord to the power connector on the rear of your printer (see
2 Connect the other end of the cord to the power source.
3 Turn on the printer.
NOTE:
• When you turn on the printer for the first time, follow the on-screen instructions on the LCD panel to configure the initial settings of your printer.
See also:
• "Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel" on page 52
Basic Operation 51
Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel
You need to set the printer language, clock date, and time when you turn on the printer for the first time. (Clock date and time are available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
When you turn on the printer, a wizard appears on the LCD panel . Follow the step below to set the initial settings.
NOTE:
• If you do not start configuring the initial settings, Select Function appears on the LCD panel in three minutes. After that, you can set the following initial setup by enabling Power On Wizard on the operator panel if needed.
For more information about the operator panel , see
"Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 296 .
• For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
1 Select the language you want to use on the operator panel , and then press the button.
2 Press the button to start setting the region.
3 Select your region, and then press the button.
4 Select the appropriate time zone, and then press the button.
5 Specify the current date, and then press the button.
6 Specify the current time, and then press the button.
7 Press the button for fax setup.
If you want to skip the fax setup, press the (Start) button.
8 Enter your fax number, and then press the button.
9 Enter a name, and then press the button.
10 Press the button to complete the initial settings on the operator panel .
• For the DocuPrint CM215 b
1 Select the language you want to use on the operator panel , and then press the button.
52 Basic Operation
Printing a Panel Settings Page
The Panel Settings page shows current settings for the operator panel menus.
„
Using the Operator Panel
NOTE:
• The reports and lists are all printed in English.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Report / List , and then press the button.
3 Select Panel Settings , and then press the button.
The Panel Settings page is printed.
„
Using the Printer Setting Utility (Windows Only)
The following procedure uses Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 as an example.
NOTE:
• The reports and lists are all printed in English.
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Printer Setting Utility.
NOTE:
• The window to select a printer appears in this step, when multiple print drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of the desired printer listed in Printer Name.
The Printer Setting Utility appears.
2 Click the Printer Settings Report tab.
3 Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page is displayed.
4 Click the Panel Settings button.
The Panel Settings page is printed.
Basic Operation 53
Power Saver Mode
The printer has a power saving feature which reduces power consumption during periods of inactivity.
This feature operates in two modes: Low Power mode and Sleep mode. As delivered, the printer switches to the Low Power mode five minutes after the last job is finished. The printer then switches to the Sleep mode after another six minutes of inactivity. When the printer is in the Low Power mode, the
LCD backlight turns off. In the Sleep mode, the (Energy Saver) button lights up. The LCD panel goes blank and displays nothing.
The factory default settings of five minutes ( Low Power mode) and six minutes ( Sleep mode) are changeable within the range of 5 to 30 minutes ( Low Power mode) and 1 to 6 minutes ( Sleep mode).
The printer returns to the ready-to-print state in about 25 seconds when re-activated.
„
Exiting the Power Saver Mode
The printer automatically exits the Power Saver mode when it receives a job from a computer. To manually exit the Low Power mode, press any button on the operator panel . To exit the Sleep mode, press the (Energy Saver) button.
NOTE:
• When the printer is in the Sleep mode, all buttons on the operator panel except for the (Energy Saver) button do not function. To use the buttons on the operator panel , press the (Energy Saver) button to exit the Power Saver mode .
See also:
• "Setting the Time for the Power Saver Mode" on page 342
54 Basic Operation
3
Printer Management Software
Use the Software Pack CD-ROM that is shipped with your printer to install a combination of software programs, depending on your operating system.
This chapter includes:
• "Print and Scan Drivers" on page 56
• "CentreWare Internet Services (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 57
• "Printer Setting Utility (Windows Only)" on page 58
• "SimpleMonitor (Windows Only)" on page 59
• "Launcher (Windows Only)" on page 60
• "Address Book Editor (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 62
• "Express Scan Manager" on page 63
• "DocuWorks (Windows Only) (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 64
Printer Management Software 55
Print and Scan Drivers
To access all of your printer’s features, install the print and scan drivers from the Software Pack CD-
ROM.
• The print driver enables your computer and printer to communicate and provides access to your printer features.
• The scan driver enables you to scan images directly to your personal computer and place scanned images directly into an application via USB or the network. (The network feature is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
The scan driver is installed with your print driver. It is available for Microsoft
®
Windows
®
and Mac OS
X.
See also:
• "Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Windows" on page 86
• "Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Mac OS X" on page 107
56 Printer Management Software
CentreWare Internet Services (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
This section provides information on the CentreWare Internet Services .
The CentreWare Internet Services is a hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)-based web page service that is accessed through your web browser.
Using the CentreWare Internet Services you can confirm the printer status, and change the printer configuration options easily. Anyone on your network can access the printer using the CentreWare
Internet Services . In administrative mode you can change the configuration of the printer, set up your fax directories, and manage your printer settings without leaving your computer.
NOTE:
• Users who are not given passwords by the administrator can still view the configuration settings in user mode.
They will not be able to save or apply any changes to the current configuration and settings.
• For details on the menu items of the CentreWare Internet Services , refer to the Help on the CentreWare
Internet Services .
„
Creating an Administrative Password
1 Launch your web browser.
2 Enter the IP address of the printer in the address bar, and then press the Enter key.
3 Click the Properties tab.
4 In the left navigation panel, scroll down to Security and select Administrator Settings.
5 Select Enabled for Administrator Mode.
6 In the Administrator Login ID field, enter a name for the administrator.
NOTE:
• The default ID and password are “11111” and “x-admin” respectively.
7 In the Administrator Password and Re-enter Password fields, enter a password for the administrator.
8 In the Maximum Login Attempts field, enter the number of login attempts allowed.
9 Click Apply.
Your new password has been set and anyone with the administrator name and password can log in and change the printer configuration and settings.
Printer Management Software 57
Printer Setting Utility (Windows Only)
The Printer Setting Utility is installed with your print driver.
The Printer Setting Utility allows you to view or specify the system settings. You can also diagnose the system settings by using the Printer Setting Utility .
The Printer Setting Utility consists of the Printer Settings Report, Printer Maintenance, and
Diagnosis tabs.
NOTE:
• The Password dialog box appears the first time you try to change settings on the Printer Setting Utility when
Panel Lock is set on the printer. In this case, enter the password you specified, and click OK to apply the settings.
58 Printer Management Software
SimpleMonitor (Windows Only)
The SimpleMonitor is installed with your print driver.
You can check the printer status with the SimpleMonitor . Double-click the SimpleMonitor printer icon on the taskbar at the bottom right of the screen. The Printer Selection window appears, which displays the printer name, printer connection port, printer status, and model name. Check the column
Status to know the current status of your printer.
Settings button: Displays the Settings window and allows you to modify the SimpleMonitor settings.
Click the name of the desired printer listed on the Printer Selection window. The Printer Status window appears.
The Printer Status window alerts you when there is a warning or when an error occurs, for example, when a paper jam occurs or toner is running low.
By default, the Printer Status window launches automatically when an error occurs. You can specify the conditions for starting the Printer Status window in Printer Status Window Properties.
To change the pop-up settings for the Printer Status window:
1 Right-click the SimpleMonitor printer icon on the taskbar at the bottom right of the screen.
2 Select Printer Status Window Properties.
The Printer Status Window Properties window appears.
3 Select the type of the pop-up and then click OK.
You can also check the toner level of your printer and the job information on the Printer Status window.
Printer Management Software 59
Launcher (Windows Only)
The Launcher is installed with your print driver.
Using the Launcher-Btype window, you can open the Printer Status window, Printer Setting Utility ,
Troubleshooting Guide , Address Book Editor , and Express Scan Manager . (The Address Book Editor is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
To open the Launcher-Btype window:
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Launcher.
The Launcher-Btype window appears.
The Address Book Editor is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.
2 The Launcher-Btype window provides several buttons; Status Window, Printer Setting Utility,
Troubleshooting, Address Book Editor, and Express Scan Manager. (The Address Book
Editor is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
To exit, click the X button at the top-right of the window.
For details, click the Help button/icon of each application.
Status Window
Printer Setting Utility
Opens the Printer Status window.
See also:
• "SimpleMonitor (Windows Only)" on page 59
Opens the Printer Setting Utility .
See also:
• "Printer Setting Utility (Windows Only)" on page 58
60 Printer Management Software
Troubleshooting
Address Book Editor
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Express Scan Manager
Opens the Troubleshooting Guide , which allows you to resolve issues by yourself.
Opens the Address Book Editor , which allows you to add and edit
Address Book entries.
See also:
• "Address Book Editor (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 62
Opens the Express Scan Manager .
See also:
• "Express Scan Manager" on page 63
Printer Management Software 61
Address Book Editor (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
Only)
The Address Book Editor is installed with your print driver. It is available for Windows and Mac OS X.
The Address Book Editor provides a convenient interface for modifying the printer’s Address Book entries. With it you can add:
• Fax entries
• E-Mail entries
• Server entries
When you start the software, the Address Book Editor reads the printer’s Address Book . You can add, edit, and delete entries. After making changes, you can then save the updated Address Book to the printer or to your computer.
62 Printer Management Software
Express Scan Manager
The Express Scan Manager is installed with your print driver. It is available for Windows and Mac OS
X.
The Express Scan Manager handles scan jobs sent from the printer to your computer via USB. When scan jobs are sent from the printer to the computer, the Express Scan Manager automatically manages the scan jobs.
Before scanning to your computer, start the Express Scan Manager and configure the output destination of the scanned image files.
Select Open the image file check box to display scanned files saved in the specified destination after scanning.
NOTE:
• When you separately install the Express Scan Manager from the Software Pack CD-ROM, you also need to install the scan driver from the Software Pack CD-ROM.
See also:
• "Scanning From the Operator Panel" on page 192
Printer Management Software 63
DocuWorks (Windows Only) (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
When installing the DocuWorks , run the appropriate EXE file in the DocuWorks document handling
software.
Windows supports the DocuWorks and the DocuWorks Viewer Light .
The DocuWorks is available only for Windows.
NOTE:
• For more information on the DocuWorks , refer to the readme file on the DocuWorks document handling
software.
64 Printer Management Software
Printer Connection and Software
Installation
4
This chapter includes:
• "Overview of Printer Connection and Software Installation" on page 66
• "Connecting Your Printer" on page 69
• "Setting the IP Address (for IPv4 Mode) (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 80
• "Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Windows" on page 86
• "Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Mac OS X" on page 107
Printer Connection and Software Installation 65
Overview of Printer Connection and Software
Installation
Read this section to know the overall steps required for each connection method to complete the printer connection and software installation.
Select one of the following connection methods.
• USB connection
• Ethernet connection (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
• Wireless connection (DocuPrint CM215 fw only)
NOTE:
• If the Software Pack CD-ROM is not available, you can download the latest driver from our Web Site: http://www.fujixeroxprinters.com/
„
USB Connection
• For Windows
1 Connect the printer and the computer with the USB cable.
Refer to "USB Connection" on page 71 .
2 Install the driver software on the computer from the Software Pack CD-ROM.
Refer to "Using Installer to Set Up Connection and Install Software" on page 88 .
• For Mac OS X
1 Connect the printer and the computer with the USB cable.
Refer to "USB Connection" on page 71 .
2 Install the driver software on the computer from the Software Pack CD-ROM.
Refer to "Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Mac OS X" on page 107
.
66 Printer Connection and Software Installation
„
Ethernet Connection (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
• For Windows
1 Connect the printer to a wired network.
Refer to "Ethernet Connection (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 72
.
2 Set the printer's IP address.
•
If DHCP is available on your network, refer to "Dynamic Methods of Setting the Printer’s IP
.
• You can also manually set the printer's IP address by using the operator panel . Refer to
"Assigning an IP Address Manually" on page 82
.
3 Install the driver software on the computer from the Software Pack CD-ROM.
Refer to "Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Windows" on page 86
.
• For Mac OS X
1 Connect the printer to a wired network.
Refer to "Ethernet Connection (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 72
.
2 Set the printer's IP address.
•
If DHCP is available on your network, refer to "Dynamic Methods of Setting the Printer’s IP
.
• You can also manually set the printer's IP address by using the operator panel . Refer to
"Assigning an IP Address Manually" on page 82
.
3 Install the driver software on the computer from the Software Pack CD-ROM.
Refer to "Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Mac OS X" on page 107
.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 67
„
Wireless Connection (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)
• For Windows
1 Connect the printer to a wireless network.
Refer to "Wireless Connection (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)" on page 73
.
Perform the following steps as necessary.
If you set up wireless connection using the installer on the Software Pack CD-ROM, the following steps are not necessary.
2 Set the printer's IP address.
•
If DHCP is available on your network, refer to "Dynamic Methods of Setting the Printer’s IP
.
• You can also manually set the printer's IP address by using the operator panel . Refer to
"Assigning an IP Address Manually" on page 82
.
3 Install the driver software on the computer from the Software Pack CD-ROM.
Refer to "Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Windows" on page 86
.
• For Mac OS X
1 Connect the printer to a wireless network.
Refer to "Wireless Connection (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)" on page 73
.
2 Set the printer's IP address.
•
If DHCP is available on your network, refer to "Dynamic Methods of Setting the Printer’s IP
.
• You can also manually set the printer's IP address by using the operator panel . Refer to
"Assigning an IP Address Manually" on page 82
.
3 Install the driver software on the computer from the Software Pack CD-ROM.
Refer to "Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Mac OS X" on page 107
.
68 Printer Connection and Software Installation
Connecting Your Printer
The interface cables of your printer must meet the following requirements:
Connection Type
Ethernet
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
USB
Wireless
(DocuPrint CM215 fw only)
Wall Jack Connector
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Phone Connector
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Connection Specifications
10 Base-T/100 Base-TX compatible
USB2.0 compatible
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
RJ11
RJ11
1
2
1 USB Port
2 Ethernet Port
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
3 Wall Jack Connector
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
4 Phone Connector
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Printer Connection and Software Installation 69
„
Available Features for Each Connection Type
Connect the printer via USB, Ethernet, or Wireless. A USB connection is a direct connection and is not used for networking. Ethernet and wireless connections are used for networking. Hardware and cabling requirements vary for the different connection methods. Ethernet cable and wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router are not included with your printer and must be purchased separately.
The available features for each connection type are shown in the following table.
• DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
Connection Type
USB
Ethernet
Wireless
(DocuPrint CM215 fw only)
Available Feature
When connected via USB you can:
• Instruct print jobs from a computer.
• Scan and print an image into an application.
• Scan and print an image to a folder on the computer.
• Use the Address Book Editor to manage Address Book entries.
• Use the Express Scan Manager to handle scan jobs sent from the printer to your computer.
• Use the Printer Setting Utility to view, specify or diagnose the system settings. (Windows only)
• Use the SimpleMonitor to check the printer status. (Windows only)
When connected via Ethernet you can:
• Instruct print jobs from a computer on the network.
• Scan and print an image to a computer on the network.
• Scan and print an image to an FTP server.
• Scan to email.
• Use CentreWare Internet Services to view the printer status or specify the printer settings.
• Use the Printer Setting Utility to view, specify or diagnose the system settings. (Windows only)
• Use the SimpleMonitor to check the printer status. (Windows only)
When connected via Wireless you can:
• Instruct print jobs from a computer on the network.
• Scan and print an image to a computer on the network.
• Scan and print an image to an FTP server.
• Scan to email.
• Use the CentreWare Internet Services to view the printer status or specify the printer settings.
• Use the Printer Setting Utility to view, specify or diagnose the system settings. (Windows only)
• Use the SimpleMonitor to check the printer status. (Windows only)
70 Printer Connection and Software Installation
• DocuPrint CM215 b
Connection Type
USB
Available Feature
You can:
• Instruct print jobs from a computer.
• Scan and print an image into an application.
• Scan and print an image to a folder on the computer.
• Use the Express Scan Manager to handle scan jobs sent from the printer to your computer.
• Use the Printer Setting Utility to view, specify or diagnose the system settings. (Windows only)
• Use the SimpleMonitor to check the printer status. (Windows only)
„
Connecting Printer to Your Computer
USB Connection
To connect the printer to a computer via USB:
1 Make sure that the printer is turned off and unplugged from the power source.
2 Connect the smaller USB connector into the USB port at the rear of the printer and the other end of the cable into a USB port of the computer.
USB port
NOTE:
• Do not connect the printer USB cable to the USB slot available on the keyboard.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 71
Ethernet Connection (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
To connect the printer to a computer via Ethernet:
1 Make sure that the printer is turned off and all cables have been disconnected.
2 Connect an end of Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port at the rear of the printer, and the other end to an Ethernet port of a router or hub.
Ethernet port
NOTE:
• Connect the Ethernet cable, only if you need to setup a wired connection. Connecting the Ethernet cable stops some features or functions for Wireless network.
72 Printer Connection and Software Installation
Wireless Connection (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)
This section describes how to connect the printer to a computer via wireless network.
Confirm that the Ethernet cable has been disconnected from the printer and the (Wi-Fi) LED is blinking before configuring the wireless connection.
IMPORTANT:
• The Wireless LAN feature is not available in all locations. Please check with your local Fuji Xerox representative for availability of wireless in your location.
• If you are using a method other than WPS to configure your wireless network settings, be sure to get the SSID and security information from a system administrator before starting the setup procedure.
• Be sure to configure necessary settings on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router before starting the printer setup. For information on the access point or router settings, refer to the manual supplied with the product.
The specifications of wireless setting function are described below:
Item
Connectivity
Connectivity Standard
Bandwidth
Data Transfer Rate
Specification
Wireless
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n compliant
2.4 GHz
IEEE 802.11b mode: 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps
IEEE 802.11g mode: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps
IEEE 802.11n mode: 65 Mbps
Security 64 (40-bit key)/128 (104-bit key) WEP, WPA-PSK (TKIP, AES),
WPA2-PSK (AES) (IEEE 802.1x attestation function of WPA 1x noncorresponds), Mixed Mode PSK
Wi-Fi, WPA2.0 (Personal) Certifications
Wi-Fi Protected Setup
®
(WPS)
*
Push Button Configuration (PBC), Personal Identification Number
(PIN)
*: WPS 2.0 compliant. WPS 2.0 works on access points with the following encryption types: Mixed Mode
PSK, WPA-PSK-AES, WPA2-PSK-AES, WPA-PSK-TKIP, Open (No Security)
Printer Connection and Software Installation 73
You can select a method to configure a wireless setting from the following:
Using the installer on the Software Pack CD-ROM (Windows Only) (Recommended for initial setup)
Refer to
"Launching the Printer Setup Screen" on page 88 .
WPS-PBC ( (WPS) button)
*1
Refer to
"WPS-PBC (WPS Button)" on page 75
.
WPS-PBC ( Operator Panel Menu)
*1
Refer to
"WPS-PBC (Operator Panel Menu)" on page 76 .
WPS-PIN
*2
Refer to
Auto SSID Setup
Refer to
.
Manual SSID Setup
Refer to
"Manual SSID Setup" on page 78 .
*1: WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by starting WPS-PBC on the printer with the (WPS) button or operator panel menu, and then pressing the button provided on the wireless LAN access point
(Registrar) or router. This setting is available only when the access point supports WPS-PBC.
*2: WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by entering PIN assignments in the printer and computer. This setting, performed through access point, is available only when the access point of your wireless router supports WPS.
74 Printer Connection and Software Installation
• WPS-PBC (WPS Button)
You can start WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) by pressing the (WPS) button.
NOTE:
• WPS-PBC is available only when the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router supports WPS-PBC.
• Before starting WPS-PBC with the (WPS) button, confirm the position of the WPS button (button name may vary) on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router. For information about WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router, refer to the manual supplied with the product.
• The
information, see "Status of Wi-Fi LED (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)" on page 49 .
If a problem occurs or error messages are displayed on the LCD panel
, see "Wireless Problems (DocuPrint
.
1 Press and hold the (WPS) button on the printer for two seconds.
Confirm that the (Wi-Fi) LED starts to blink slowly and Press WPS Button on Router appears on the LCD panel .
5
7
1
3
2
4
6
8
Wi-Fi
WPS
OK
@:./
1
GHI
4
PQRS
7
-_˜
ABC
2
DEF
3
JKL
5
MNO
6
TUV
8
WXYZ
9
0 # C
/
CA
2 Start the WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router within two minutes.
When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 75
• WPS-PBC ( Operator Panel Menu)
You can start WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) from the operator panel .
NOTE:
• WPS-PBC is available only when the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router supports WPS-PBC.
• Before starting WPS-PBC, confirm the position of the WPS button (button name may vary) on the wireless
LAN access point (Registrar) or router. For information about WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router, refer to the manual supplied with the product.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Network Setup, and then press the button.
4 Select WPS Setup, and then press the button.
5 Select Push Btn. Ctrl, and then press the button.
6 Confirm that Are you sure? appears, and then press the button.
7 Confirm that the (Wi-Fi) LED starts to blink slowly and Press WPS Button on Router appears, and then start the WPS-PBC on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router within two minutes.
When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.
• WPS-PIN
The PIN code of WPS-PIN can only be configured from the operator panel .
NOTE:
• WPS-PIN is available only when the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router supports WPS-PIN.
• For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router, refer to the manual supplied with the product.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Network Setup, and then press the button.
4 Select WPS Setup, and then press the button.
5 Select PIN Code, and then press the button.
6 Write down the displayed 8-digit PIN code, or select Print PIN Code and press the button to print the PIN code.
7 Select Start Config., and then press the button.
8 Confirm that Please wait... Wireless Setting appears, and enter the PIN code displayed on step 6 into the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) or router.
When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.
76 Printer Connection and Software Installation
• Auto SSID Setup
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Network Setup, and then press the button.
4 Select Wireless Setup, and then press the button.
The printer automatically searches the access points on wireless network.
5 Select the desired access point, and then press the button.
If the desired access point does not appear, go to
"Manual SSID Setup" on page 78
.
NOTE:
• Some hidden SSID may not be displayed. If the SSID is not detected turn on SSID broadcast from the access point.
6 Enter the passphrase or WEP key.
When the encryption type of the access point selected in step 5 is WPA, WPA2 or Mixed:
• Enter the passphrase, and then press the button.
When the encryption type of the access point selected in step 5 is WEP:
• Enter the WEP key, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• A passphrase is an encryption key for WPA and WPA2 encryption which consists of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters. It may be described as a key on some access points or routers. For details, refer to the manual supplied with the access point or router.
7 Confirm that Restart Printer to apply settings appears.
8 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 77
• Manual SSID Setup
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Network Setup, and then press the button.
4 Select Wireless Setup, and then press the button.
5 Select Manual Setup, and then press the button.
6 Enter the SSID, and then press the button.
7 Select the network mode from Infrastructure and Ad-hoc depending on your environment, and then press the button.
If you select Infrastructure, proceed to step 8 .
If you select Ad-hoc, proceed to step 9 .
8 Select the encryption type from Mixed Mode PSK, WPA-PSK-TKIP, WPA2-PSK-AES, or WEP.
IMPORTANT:
• Be sure to use one of the supported encryption methods to protect your network traffic.
To use Mixed Mode PSK, WPA-PSK-TKIP, or WPA2-PSK-AES encryption: a b
Select Mixed Mode PSK, WPA-PSK-TKIP, or WPA2-PSK-AES, and then press the button.
Enter the passphrase, and then press the button.
a b c
NOTE:
• A passphrase is an encryption key for WPA and WPA2 encryption which consists of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters. It may be described as a key on some access points or routers. For details, refer to the manual supplied with the access point or router.
c Proceed to step 10 .
To use WEP encryption: d
Select WEP, and then press the button.
Enter the WEP key, and then press the button.
Select the desired transmit key from Auto or WEP Key 1 to WEP Key 4, and then press the
button.
Proceed to step 10 .
9 Select WEP for the encryption type.
IMPORTANT:
• Be sure to use one of the supported encryption methods to protect your network traffic.
a b c
Select WEP, and then press the button.
Enter the WEP key, and then press the button.
Select the desired transmit key from WEP Key 1 to WEP Key 4, and then press the button.
10 Confirm that Restart Printer to apply settings appears.
78 Printer Connection and Software Installation
11 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.
Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 79
Setting the IP Address (for IPv4 Mode) (DocuPrint
CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
This section describes how to set an IP address of the printer in IPv4 mode.
NOTE:
• When you set an IP address in IPv6 mode, use the CentreWare Internet Services . For more information, refer to the Help on the CentreWare Internet Services . To display the CentreWare Internet Services , use a link local address. The printer's link local address is listed in the System Settings
page. See "Printing and Checking the
System Settings Page" on page 85 .
This section includes:
• "Printer's TCP/IP and IP Addresses" on page 80
• "Dynamic Methods of Setting the Printer’s IP Address" on page 81
• "Assigning an IP Address Manually" on page 82
• "Verifying the IP Settings" on page 84
• "Printing and Checking the System Settings Page" on page 85
„
Printer's TCP/IP and IP Addresses
If your computer is on a large network, contact your network administrator for the appropriate TCP/IP addresses and additional system settings information.
If you are creating your own small Local Area Network or connecting the printer directly to your computer using Ethernet, follow the procedure for automatically setting the printer’s IP address.
Computers and printers primarily use TCP/IP protocols to communicate over an Ethernet network.
With TCP/IP protocols, each printer and computer must have a unique IP address. It is important that the addresses are similar, but not the same; only the last digit needs to be different. For example, your printer can have the address 192.168.1.2 while your computer has the address 192.168.1.3. Another device can have the address 192.168.1.4.
Many networks have a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. A DHCP server automatically programs an IP address into every computer and printer on the network that is configured to use DHCP. A DHCP server is built into most cable and Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) routers. If you use a cable or DSL router, see your router’s documentation for information on IP addressing.
80 Printer Connection and Software Installation
„
Dynamic Methods of Setting the Printer’s IP Address
The DHCP and AutoIP protocols are available for dynamically setting the printer’s IP address. They are enabled by default in your printer.
You can turn on/off both protocols using the operator panel or the CentreWare Internet Services .
NOTE:
•
Checking the System Settings Page" on page 85
.
Using the
Operator Panel
1 On the operator panel , press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Network, and then press the button.
4 Select TCP/IP, and then press the button.
5 Select IPv4, and then press the button.
6 Select Get IP Address, and then press the button.
7 Select DHCP/AutoIP, and then press the button.
Using the
CentreWare Internet Services
1 Launch your web browser.
2 Enter the IP address of the printer in the address bar, and then press the Enter key.
3 Select Properties.
4 Select TCP/IP from the Protocol Settings folder on the left navigation panel.
5 In the IP Address Mode field under IPv4, select the DHCP / Autonet option.
6 Click the Apply button.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 81
„
Assigning an IP Address Manually
NOTE:
• Assigning an IP address is considered as an advanced function and is normally done by a system administrator.
• Depending on the address class, the range of the IP address assigned may be different. On Class A, for example, an IP address in the range from 0.0.0.0 to 127.255.255.255 will be assigned. For assignment of IP addresses, contact your system administrator.
You can assign the IP address by using the operator panel or using the Printer Setting Utility .
For Microsoft ® Windows ® , you can also assign the IP address to the printer using the installer on the
Software Pack CD-ROM.
Using the
Operator Panel
1 On the operator panel , press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Network, and then press the button.
4 Select TCP/IP, and then press the button.
5 Select IPv4, and then press the button.
6 Select Get IP Address, and then press the button.
7 Select Panel, and then press the button.
8 Press the (Back) button,
Confirm that Get IP Address appears.
9 Select IP Address, and then press the button.
The cursor is located at the first digit of the IP address.
10 Enter the value of the IP address using the or button.
11 Press the button.
The next digit is selected.
12 Repeat steps 11 to 12 to enter all of the digits in the IP address, and then press the button.
13 Press the (Back) button.
Confirm that IP Address appears.
14 Select Subnet Mask, and then press the button.
The cursor is located at the first digit of the subnet mask.
15 Enter the value of the subnet mask using the or button.
82 Printer Connection and Software Installation
16 Press the button.
The next digit is selected.
17 Repeat steps 16 to 17 to set subnet mask, and then press the button.
18 Press the (Back) button.
Confirm that Subnet Mask appears.
19 Select Gateway Address, and then press the button.
The cursor is located at the first three digit of the gateway address.
20 Enter the value of the gateway address using the or button.
21 Press the button.
The next digit is selected.
22 Repeat steps 21 to 22 to set gateway address, and then press the button.
23 Turn off and turn on the printer.
See also:
Using the
Printer Setting Utility
(Windows Only)
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Printer Setting Utility.
NOTE:
• The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple print drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of the desired printer listed in Printer Name.
The Printer Setting Utility appears.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The TCP/IP Settings page is displayed.
4 Select the mode from IP Address Mode, and then enter the values in IP Address, Subnet
Mask, and Gateway Address.
5 Click the Restart printer to apply new settings button to take effect.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 83
Using the Installer on the Software Pack CD-ROM (Windows Only)
You can assign the IP address to the printer when setting up the printer with the installer on the
Software Pack CD-ROM.
When you use the Ethernet or the manual Wireless setup method, and Get IP Address is set to
DHCP/AutoIP on the operator panel menu, the installer detects the printer by the automatically assigned IP address. You can set the IP address to the desired IP address by clicking the Advanced button on the Configure Printer screen while in the setup process.
See also:
• "Dynamic Methods of Setting the Printer’s IP Address" on page 81
The IP address is assigned to your printer. To verify the setting, display the web browser on any computer connected to the network and enter the IP address into the address bar on the browser. If the IP address is set up correctly, the CentreWare Internet Services displays in your browser.
„
Verifying the IP Settings
You can confirm the settings by printing the System Settings page or using the ping command.
Printing the System Settings Page
1 Print the System Settings page.
See also:
• "Printing and Checking the System Settings Page" on page 85
2 Look under the IPv4 heading on the Network Setup or Wireless Setup section of the System
Settings page to confirm that the IP address, subnet mask and gateway address are appropriate.
Using the Ping Command
To verify if the printer is active on the network, run the ping command in your computer.
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
1 Click Start → All Programs → Accessories → Run.
2 Enter "cmd", and then click OK.
A Command Prompt window is displayed.
3 Enter "ping xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx" (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx is the IP address of your printer), and then press the Enter key.
Receiving the reply from the printer IP address means that the printer is appropriately connected to the network.
84 Printer Connection and Software Installation
„
Printing and Checking the System Settings Page
Print the System Settings page and check your printer's IP address.
Using the
Operator Panel
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Report / list, and then press the button.
3 Select System Settings, and then press the button.
The System Settings page is printed.
4 On the Network Setup or Wireless Setup section of the System Settings page, confirm the IP address next to IP Address under the IPv4 heading. If the IP address is 0.0.0.0, wait for a few minutes to resolve the IP address automatically, and then print the System Settings page again.
If the IP address is not resolved automatically, see "Assigning an IP Address Manually" on page 82 .
Using the
Printer Setting Utility
(Windows Only)
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Printer Setting Utility.
NOTE:
• The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple print drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of the desired printer listed in Printer Name.
The Printer Setting Utility appears.
2 Click the System Settings Report tab.
3 Select Information Pages from the list at the left side of the page.
The Information Pages page is displayed.
4 Click the System Settings button.
The System Settings page is printed.
If the IP address is 0.0.0.0 (the factory default) or 169.254.xx.xx, an IP address has not been assigned.
See also:
• "Assigning an IP Address Manually" on page 82
Printer Connection and Software Installation 85
Configuring Printer and Installing Software on
Windows
This section includes:
• "Using Installer to Set Up Connection and Install Software" on page 88
• "Using Installer to Install Software for the Existing Printer" on page 92
• "Setting Up for Web Services on Devices (WSD)" on page 93
• "Setting Up for Shared Printing" on page 96
„
Identifying Print Driver Pre-install Status (for Network
Connection Setup) (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Before installing the print driver on your computer, check the IP address of your printer and change the firewall settings.
This section includes:
• "Checking the IP Address for Your Printer" on page 86
• "Changing the Firewall Settings Before Installing Your Printer" on page 87
Checking the IP Address for Your Printer
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Report / list, and then press the button.
3 Select System Settings, and then press the button.
The System Settings page is printed.
4 Find the IP address under Network Setup/Wireless Setup on the System Settings page.
If the IP address is 0.0.0.0, wait for a few minutes to resolve the IP address automatically, and then print the System Settings page again.
If the IP address is not resolved automatically, see "Assigning an IP Address Manually" on page 82 .
86 Printer Connection and Software Installation
Changing the Firewall Settings Before Installing Your Printer
You may need to change the firewall settings before installing the printer software. Contact your network administrator for more information.
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
1 Insert the Software Pack CD-ROM into your computer.
2 Click Start → Control Panel.
3 Click System and Security.
4 Click Allow a program through Windows Firewall.
5 Click Change settings.
6 Click Allow another program.
7 Click Browse.
8 Enter "D:\setup.exe" (In case your optical disk drive is D) in the File name text box, and then click Open.
9 Click Add.
10 Click OK.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 87
„
Using Installer to Set Up Connection and Install Software
NOTE:
• The following procedure sets up printer connection and then install the print driver and software. If you have
Launching the Printer Setup Screen
1 Insert the Software Pack CD-ROM into your computer to start the Printer Setup screen.
NOTE:
• For Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012, click on the message displayed on the upper right corner of the screen, and then select Run setup.exe.
• If the CD does not automatically launch, perform the following steps.
a For Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2, click Start (start for
Windows XP) → Run.
For Windows Vista and Windows 7, click Start
→
All Programs
→
Accessories
→
Run.
For Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012, right-click on the Start screen and click All apps → Run.
b Enter "D:\setup.exe" (where D is the drive letter of your computer's optical drive), and then click OK.
2 Click the Setup button.
3 If you agree to the terms of the License Agreement, choose I accept the terms of the license
agreement, and then click Next.
88 Printer Connection and Software Installation
4 Select a connection method to the printer.
.
For the USB connection, go to "Configuring USB Connection Settings" on page 90 .
For the Ethernet connection, go to
"Configuring Ethernet Connection Settings (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 91
.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 89
Configuring Wireless Connection Settings (DocuPrint CM215 fw
Only)
1 Confirm that the printer is turned on and the (Wi-Fi) LED is blinking.
2 Click the Wireless button on the Select a Connection Method screen.
3 Software automatically detects your network.
If the Press "WPS" button on Printer and WPS button on Router screen is displayed, follow the steps displayed on the screen.
In case the WPS button is not available on your router or you want to set up manually, click
Manual settings and follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
4 Confirm SSID and Printer name on the screen, and then click Next.
Software automatically detects your printer and installs required driver and software.
If the target printer is not found, you can select from three options such as clicking Connect to search the target printer again, clicking Search after disabling firewall in your computer, or clicking Start Over to go back to the top screen.
5 Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears. If necessary, click
Print Test Page to print a test page.
Configuring USB Connection Settings
1 Confirm that the USB cable is connected to the computer and the printer, and the printer is turned on.
NOTE:
• For Windows XP or Windows Vista, if Found New Hardware Wizard appears, click Cancel at this time.
2 Click the USB button on the Select a Connection Method screen.
The Plug and Play installation starts and the required driver and software are automatically installed.
3 Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears. If necessary, click
Print Test Page to print a test page.
90 Printer Connection and Software Installation
Configuring Ethernet Connection Settings (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
1 Click the Ethernet button on the Select a Connection Method screen.
2 Connect the Ethernet cable to the printer and turn on the printer, and then click Next.
3 Select a printer you want to install from the Printer list, and then click Next.
If the target printer is not displayed on the Printer list, click the Refresh button to refresh the list or click Enter IP Address to add a printer manually.
In Enter IP Address, enter assigned IP address to the printer manually, and then and click OK.
NOTE:
• If the target printer is not displayed on the list, ensure Ethernet cable is correctly inserted to the printer and the router. And also confirm the printer IP address is properly appointed.
4 Confirm IP Mode and Type, and then click Next.
If the target printer is not found, you can select from three options such as clicking Connect to search the target printer again, clicking Search after disabling firewall in your computer, or clicking Start Over to go back to the top screen.
5 Check and configure the printer information such as a printer name, default printer setting, printer sharing setting, specify whether to install the fax driver, and then click Next.
6 Select the check box of the software and documentation you want to install, and then click
Install.
You can specify a folder in which to install the software and documentation. To change destination folder, click Browse.
7 Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears. If necessary, click
Print Test Page to print a test page.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 91
„
Using Installer to Install Software for the Existing Printer
If the printer connection via USB/Ethernet/Wireless is already configured and you want to perform the print driver and software installation only, follow the procedure below.
1 Click the Install Printer Driver and Software button.
2 If you agree to the terms of the License Agreement, choose I accept the terms of the license
agreement, and then click Next.
3 Choose an installation type, and then click Next.
For the printer connected to your computer Using the USB cable, select Personal Installation.
For the printer connected to a wired or wireless network, select Network Installation.
4 Follow the instructions displayed on the screen to complete the installation.
92 Printer Connection and Software Installation
„
Setting Up for Web Services on Devices (WSD)
This section provides information for network printing with WSD, the Microsoft protocol for Windows
Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, Windows 8, and Windows Server
2012.
NOTE:
• WSD stands for Web Services on Devices.
This section includes:
• "Adding Roles of Print Services" on page 93
• "WSD Printer Setup" on page 94
Adding Roles of Print Services
When you use Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, or Windows Server 2012, you need to add the roles of print services to the Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, or Windows
Server 2012 client.
• For Windows Server 2008:
1 Click Start → Administrative Tools → Server Manager.
2 From the Action menu, select Add Roles.
3 Select the Print Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add Roles Wizard, and then click Next.
4 Click Next.
5 Select the Print Server check box, and then click Next.
6 Click Install.
• For Windows Server 2008 R2:
1 Click Start → Administrative Tools → Server Manager.
2 From the Action menu, select Add Roles.
3 Select the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add
Roles Wizard, and then click Next.
4 Click Next.
5 Select the Print Server check box, and then click Next.
6 Click Install.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 93
• For Windows Server 2012:
1 On the Start screen, click Server Manager.
2 Click Add roles and features to start Add Roles and Features Wizard.
3 Specify the settings and click Next until the Select server roles screen is displayed.
4 Select the Print and Document Services check box.
5 On the pop-up window, click Add Features.
6 Click Next.
7 Click Next on the Select features screen.
8 Check the explanation for Print and Document Services and click Next.
9 Select the Print Server check box, and then click Next.
10 Click Install.
WSD Printer Setup
You can install your new printer on the network using Windows Add Printer wizard. When installing using the Software Pack CD-ROM that shipped with your printer, see
Connection and Install Software" on page 88 .
• Installing a Print Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard
1 For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, click Start → Devices and Printers.
For Windows Vista, click Start → Control Panel → Hardware and Sound → Printers.
For Windows Server 2008, click Start → Control Panel → Printer.
For Windows 8, on the Desktop screen, place the mouse pointer in the upper right corner of the screen and move the mouse down, and then select Settings. Click Control Panel → Hardware
and Sound → Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2012, on the Desktop screen, place the mouse pointer in the upper right corner of the screen and move the mouse down, and then select Settings. Click Control Panel
→ Hardware → Devices and Printers.
2 Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer Wizard.
For Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012, go to step 4 .
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
94 Printer Connection and Software Installation
4 In the list of available printers, select the one you want to use, and then click Next.
NOTE:
• In the list of available printers, the WSD printer is displayed in the form of http://IP address/ws/.
• If no WSD printer is displayed in the list, enter the printer's IP address manually to create a WSD printer.
To enter the printer's IP address manually, follow the instructions below.
To create a WSD printer, you must be a member of Administrators group.
1 Click The printer that I want isn't listed.
2 Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname and click Next.
3 Select Web Services Device from Device type.
4 Enter the printer's IP address in the Hostname or IP address text box and click Next.
• Before installing the driver using the Add Printer wizard on Windows Server 2008 R2 or Windows 7, add the print driver to your computer.
5 If prompted, install the print driver on your computer. If you are prompted for an administrator password or confirmation, type the password or provide confirmation.
6 Complete the additional steps in the wizard, and then click Finish.
7 Print a test page to verify print installation.
a b c
Open the Devices and Printers or Printers folder by performing step 1 .
Right-click the printer you just created, and then click Printer properties (Properties for
Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008).
On the General tab, click Print Test Page. When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 95
„
Setting Up for Shared Printing
You can share your new printer on the network using the Software Pack CD-ROM that shipped with your printer, or using Windows Point and Print or peer-to-peer method.
This section describes Point and Print and peer-to-peer methods. Configure the printer sharing settings on the server computer, and then install its driver on all the client computers that use the shared printer using Point and Print or peer-to-peer method. Using either of the methods, however, you will not be able to use features such as the SimpleMonitor and other printer utilities, which will be installed from the Software Pack CD-ROM.
NOTE:
• You need to purchase a Ethernet cable separately for shared printing.
Configuring the Sharing Settings of Your Printer
• For Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, and
Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition
1 Click Start (start for Windows XP) → Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click this printer icon and select Properties.
3 From the Sharing tab, select the Share this printer check box, and then enter a name in the
Share name text box.
4 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.
5 Click OK.
If the files are not present in your computer, and then you will be prompted to insert the server operating system CD.
6 Click Apply, and then click OK.
• For Windows Vista and Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start → Control Panel → Hardware and Sound → Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing.
3 Click Change sharing options button.
The "Windows needs your permission to continue" appears.
4 Click Continue.
5 Select the Share this printer check box, and then enter a name in the Share name text box.
6 Select Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.
7 Click OK.
8 Click Apply, and then click OK.
96 Printer Connection and Software Installation
• For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start → Control Panel → Hardware and Sound → Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing.
3 Select the Share this printer check box, and then enter a name in the Share name text box.
4 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.
5 Click OK.
6 Click Apply, and then click OK.
• For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, and Windows Server 2008 R2
1 Click Start → Devices and Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties.
3 On the Sharing tab, select the Share this printer check box, and then enter a name in the
Share name text box.
4 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.
5 Click OK.
6 Click Apply, and then click OK.
• For Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, and Windows Server 2012
1 On the Desktop screen, place the mouse pointer in the upper right corner of the screen and move the mouse down, and then select Settings.
2 Click Control Panel → Hardware and Sound (Hardware for Windows Server 2012) → Devices
and Printers.
3 Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties.
4 On the Sharing tab, select the Share this printer check box, and then enter a name in Share
name text box.
5 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.
6 Click OK.
7 Click Apply, and then click OK.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 97
To check that the printer is shared:
• Make sure that the printer object in the Printers, Printers and Faxes or Devices and Printers folder is shared. The share icon is shown under the printer icon.
• Browse Network or My Network Places. Find the host name of the server and look for the shared name you assigned to the printer.
Now that the printer is shared, you can install the printer on network clients using the Point and Print method or the peer-to-peer method.
Point and Print
Point and Print is a Microsoft Windows technology that allows you to connect to a remote printer. This feature automatically downloads and installs the print driver.
• For Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, and
Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition
1 On the Windows desktop of the client computer, double-click My Network Places.
2 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host name.
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the Printers and Faxes folder. The time taken to copy varies based on the network traffic.
Close My Network Places.
4 Print a test page to verify installation.
a Click start (Start for Windows Server 2003/Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition) → Printers
and Faxes.
b c d
Select the printer you have installed.
Click File → Properties.
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.
98 Printer Connection and Software Installation
• For Windows Vista and Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start → Network.
2 Locate and double-click the host name of the server computer.
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
4 Click Install driver.
5 Click Continue in the User Account Control dialog box.
Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer. A new printer object is added to the Printers folder. The duration of this procedure may vary based on the network traffic.
6 Print a test page to verify installation.
a Click Start → Control Panel → Hardware and Sound.
b c d
Select Printers.
Right-click the printer you just created and select Properties.
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.
• For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start → Network.
2 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host name.
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
4 Click Install driver.
5 Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer. A new printer object will be added to the Printers folder. The time taken for these activities varies based on network traffic.
6 Print a test page to verify installation.
a Click Start → Control Panel.
b c
Select Hardware and Sound.
Select Printers.
d e
Right-click the printer you just created and select Properties.
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 99
• For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, and Windows Server 2008 R2
1 Click Start → Network.
2 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host name.
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
4 Click Install driver.
5 Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer. A new printer object will be added to the Devices and Printers folder. The time taken for these activities varies based on network traffic.
6 Print a test page to verify installation.
a Click Start → Devices and Printers.
b c
Right-click the printer you just created and select Printer properties.
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.
100 Printer Connection and Software Installation
• For Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, and Windows Server 2012
1 On the Desktop screen, place the mouse pointer in the upper right corner of the screen and move the mouse down, and then select Settings.
2 Click Control Panel → Network and Internet → View network computers and devices.
3 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host name.
4 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
5 Click Install driver.
6 Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer. A new printer object will be added to the Devices and Printers folder. The time taken for these activities varies based on network traffic.
7 Print a test page to verify installation.
a b c d
On the Desktop screen, place the mouse pointer in the upper right corner of the screen and move the mouse down, and then select Settings.
Click Control Panel → Hardware and Sound (Hardware for Windows Server 2012) →
Devices and Printers.
Right-click the printer you just created and select Printer properties.
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 101
Peer-to-Peer
Pear-to-Pear is a technology that allows you to connect to a printer connected to a host computer. You are required to download and install the print driver during the connection set up.
• For Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, and
Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition
1 Click start (Start for Windows Server 2003/Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition) → Printers and
Faxes.
2 Click Add a printer (Add Printer for Windows Server 2003/Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition) to launch the Add Printer Wizard.
3 Click Next.
4 Select A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer, and then click Next.
5 Click Browse for a printer, and then click Next.
6 Select the printer, and then click Next.
If the printer is not listed, click Back and enter in the path of the printer in the text box.
For example:\\<server host name>\<shared printer name>
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a print driver. If no system driver is available, specify the location where the driver is available.
7 Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then click Next.
8 Click Finish.
102 Printer Connection and Software Installation
• For Windows Vista and Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start → Control Panel → Hardware and Sound → Printers.
2 Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next.
If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next.
a b
If the printer is not listed, click The printer that I want isn't listed.
Click Select a shared printer by name.
Enter the path to the printer in the text box, and then click Next.
For example:\\<server host name>\<shared printer name>
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a print driver. If no system driver is available, specify the location where the driver is available.
4 Perform the following as required, and then click Next.
• Click Yes to set this printer as the default printer.
• Click Print a test page to print a test page for verifying installation.
5 Click Finish.
If a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 103
• For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start → Control Panel → Hardware and Sound → Printers.
2 Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next.
If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next.
a b
If the printer is not listed, click The printer that I want isn't listed.
Click Select a shared printer by name.
Enter the path to the printer in the text box, and then click Next.
For example: \\<server host name>\<shared printer name>
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on the network.
The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a print driver. If no system driver is available, specify the location where the driver is available.
4 Perform the following as required, and then click Next.
• Click Yes to set this printer as the default printer.
• Click Print a test page to print a test page for verifying installation.
5 Click Finish.
If a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.
104 Printer Connection and Software Installation
• For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, and Windows Server 2008 R2
1 Click Start → Devices and Printers.
2 Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next.
a b
If the printer is not listed, click The printer that I want isn't listed.
Click Select a shared printer by name.
Enter the path to the printer in the text box, and then click Next.
For example:\\<server host name>\<shared printer name>
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a print driver. If no system driver is available, you need to specify the path to the available drivers.
4 Perform the following as required, and then click Finish.
• Click Set as the default printer to set this printer as the default printer.
• Click Print a test page to print a test page for verifying installation.
If a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 105
• For Windows 8, Windows 8 64-bit Edition, and Windows Server 2012
1 On the Desktop screen, place the mouse pointer in the upper right corner of the screen and move the mouse down, and then select Settings.
2 Click Control Panel → Hardware and Sound (Hardware for Windows Server 2012) → Devices
and Printers.
3 Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
4 If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next.
If the printer is not listed, click The printer that I want isn't listed.
a b
Click Select a shared printer by name.
Enter the path to the printer in the text box, and then click Next.
For example:\\<server host name>\<shared printer name>
The server host name is the name that identifies the server computer on the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a print driver. If no print drivers are available, you will need to provide a path to your print driver.
5 Confirm the printer name, and then click Next.
6 Perform the following as required, and then click Finish.
• Click Set as the default printer to set this printer as the default printer.
• Click Print a test page to print a test page for verifying installation.
If a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.
106 Printer Connection and Software Installation
Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Mac
OS X
This section includes:
• "Installing the Driver" on page 107
• "Adding a Printer" on page 108
„
Installing the Driver
1 Run the Software Pack CD-ROM on the Mac OS X.
2 Double-click the CD-ROM icon displayed on the desktop.
3 Double-click the installer icon.
4 Click Continue on the Introduction screen.
5 Select a language for the Software License Agreement.
6 After reading the Software License Agreement, click Continue.
7 If you agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, click Agree to continue the installation process.
NOTE:
• When the screen to select the installation destination appears, select an installation location and click
Continue.
8 Click Install to perform the standard installation.
9 Enter the administrator's name and password, and then click OK (Install Software for Mac OS X
10.7-10.8).
10 Click Continue Installation.
11 Click Restart to complete installation.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 107
„
Adding a Printer
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.7/10.8
• When Using a USB connection
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Connect the printer and your computer with the USB cable.
3 Display System Preferences, and then click Print & Scan.
4 Confirm your USB printer is added to Print & Scan.
If your USB printer is not displayed, execute the following procedures.
5 Click the plus (+) sign, and then click Default.
6 Select the printer connected via USB from the Printer Name (Name for Mac OS X 10.8) list.
Name, Location, and Print Using (Use for Mac OS X 10.8) are automatically entered.
7 Click Add.
• When Using Bonjour (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Make sure that your computer is connected to the network.
If you use wired connection, make sure that the Ethernet cable is connected between the printer and the network.
If you use wireless connection, make sure that wireless connection is configured properly on your computer and printer.
3 Display System Preferences, and then click Print & Scan.
4 Click the plus (+) sign, and select the printer from Nearby Printers. The printer will be added to
Print & Scan.
If there are no printers in Nearby Printers, select Add Other Printer or Scanner (Add Printer
or Scanner for Mac OS X 10.8), and then click Default. Proceed to step 5 .
5 Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name (Name for Mac OS X 10.8) list.
Name and Print Using (Use for Mac OS X 10.8) are automatically entered.
6 Click Add.
108 Printer Connection and Software Installation
• When Using IP Printing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Make sure that your computer is connected to the network.
If you use wired connection, make sure that the Ethernet cable is connected between the printer and the network.
If you use wireless connection, make sure that wireless connection is configured properly on your computer and printer.
3 Display System Preferences, and then click Print & Scan.
4 Click the plus (+) sign, and then click IP.
5 Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol.
6 Enter the IP address of the printer in the Address area.
7 Select the model of your printer for Print Using (Use for Mac OS X 10.8).
NOTE:
• When the printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
8 Click Add.
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5.8/10.6
• When Using a USB connection
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Connect the printer and your computer with the USB cable.
3 Display System Preferences, and then click Print & Fax.
4 Confirm your USB printer is added to Print & Fax in System Preferences.
If your USB printer is not displayed, execute the following procedures.
5 Click the plus (+) sign, and then click Default.
6 Select the printer connected via USB from the Printer Name list.
Name, Location, and Print Using are automatically entered.
7 Click Add.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 109
• When Using Bonjour (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Make sure that your computer is connected to the network.
If you use wired connection, make sure that the Ethernet cable is connected between the printer and the network.
If you use wireless connection, make sure that wireless connection is configured properly on your computer and printer.
3 Display System Preferences, and then click Print & Fax.
4 Click the plus (+) sign, and then click Default.
5 Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list.
Name and Print Using are automatically entered.
6 Click Add.
• When Using IP Printing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Make sure that your computer is connected to the network.
If you use wired connection, make sure that the Ethernet cable is connected between the printer and the network.
If you use wireless connection, make sure that wireless connection is configured properly on your computer and printer.
3 Display System Preferences, and then click Print & Fax.
4 Click the plus (+) sign, and then click IP.
5 Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol.
6 Enter the IP address of the printer in the Address area.
7 Select the model of your printer for Print Using.
NOTE:
• When the printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
8 Click Add.
110 Printer Connection and Software Installation
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.11
• When Using a USB Connection
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Connect the printer and your computer with the USB cable.
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE:
• You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.
4 Confirm your USB printer is added to Printer List.
If your USB printer is not displayed, execute the following procedures.
5 Click Add.
6 Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box.
7 Select the printer connected via USB from the Printer Name list.
Name, Location and Print Using are automatically entered.
8 Click Add.
• When Using Bonjour (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Make sure that your computer is connected to the network.
If you use wired connection, make sure that the Ethernet cable is connected between the printer and the network.
If you use wireless connection, make sure that wireless connection is configured properly on your computer and printer.
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE:
• You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.
4 Click Add.
5 Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box.
6 Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list.
Name and Print Using are automatically entered.
7 Click Add.
Printer Connection and Software Installation 111
• When Using IP Printing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Make sure that your computer is connected to the network.
If you use wired connection, make sure that the Ethernet cable is connected between the printer and the network.
If you use wireless connection, make sure that wireless connection is configured properly on your computer and printer.
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE:
• You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.
4 Click Add.
5 Click IP Printer in the Printer Browser dialog box.
6 Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol.
7 Enter the IP address of the printer in the Address area.
8 Select FX for Print Using, and then select the model of your printer.
NOTE:
• When the printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
9 Click Add.
112 Printer Connection and Software Installation
Printing Basics
This chapter includes:
• "About Print Media" on page 114
• "Supported Print Media" on page 119
• "Loading Print Media" on page 121
• "Setting Paper Sizes and Types" on page 142
5
Printing Basics 113
About Print Media
This section includes:
• "Print Media Usage Guidelines" on page 115
• "Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) Guidelines (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 116
• "Print Media That Can Damage Your Printer" on page 117
• "Print Media Storage Guidelines" on page 118
Using paper that is not appropriate for the printer can cause paper jams, image quality problems, or printer failure. To achieve the best performance from your printer, we recommend you to use only the paper described in this section.
When using paper other than that recommended, contact the Fuji Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
114 Printing Basics
„
Print Media Usage Guidelines
The printer tray accommodates various sizes and types of paper and other specialty media. Follow these guidelines when loading paper and media:
• Envelopes can be printed from the multipurpose feeder ( MPF ) and priority sheet inserter ( PSI ).
• Fan paper or other specialty media before loading in the tray.
• Do not print on label stock once a label has been removed from a sheet.
• Use only paper envelopes. Do not use envelopes with windows, metal clasps, or adhesives with release strips.
• Print all envelopes single-sided only.
• Some wrinkling and embossing may occur when printing envelopes.
• Do not overload the tray. Do not load print media above the fill line on the inside of the paper width guides .
• Adjust the paper width guides to fit the paper size.
• If excessive jams occur, use paper or other media from a new package.
WARNING:
• Do not use conductive paper such as origami paper, carbonic paper or conductively-coated paper.
When paper jam occurs, it may cause short-circuit and eventually a fire accident.
See also:
• "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 123
• "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 131
• "Loading Envelope in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 128
• "Loading Envelope in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 133
• "Printing on Custom Size Paper" on page 154
Printing Basics 115
„
Automatic Document Feeder ( ADF ) Guidelines
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
The ADF accommodates the following original sizes:
• Width: 148–215.9 mm (5.83–8.50 inches)
• Length: 210–355.6 mm (8.27–14.00 inches)
The weight range includes 60–105 gsm.
Follow these guidelines when loading original documents into the ADF :
• Load documents face up so that the top of the document enters the printer first.
• Place only loose sheets of paper in the ADF .
• Adjust the document guides so that they fit against the documents.
• Insert paper in the document feeder tray only when the ink on the paper is completely dry.
• Do not load documents above the MAX fill line. You can load up to 15 sheets of 64 gsm documents.
NOTE:
• You cannot load the following documents in the ADF . Be sure to place them on the document glass .
Curled originals
Lightweight originals
Cut and paste originals
Pre-punched paper
Folded, creased or torn originals
Carbon paper
116 Printing Basics
„
Print Media That Can Damage Your Printer
Your printer is designed to use a variety of media types for print jobs. However, some media can cause poor output quality, increased paper jams, or damage to your printer.
Unacceptable media includes:
• Rough or porous media
• Plastic media
• Paper that has been folded or wrinkled
• Paper with staples
• Envelopes with windows or metal clasps
• Padded envelopes
• Non-laser glossy or coated paper
• Perforated media
WARNING:
• Do not use conductive paper such as origami paper, carbonic paper or conductively-coated paper.
When paper jam occurs, it may cause short-circuit and eventually a fire accident.
Printing Basics 117
„
Print Media Storage Guidelines
Providing good storage conditions for your paper and other media contributes to optimum print quality.
• Store print media in dark, cool, relatively dry locations. Most paper items are susceptible to damage from ultraviolet (UV) and visible light. UV radiation, which is emitted by the sun and fluorescent bulbs, is particularly damaging to paper items. The intensity and length of exposure to visible light on paper items should be reduced as much as possible.
• Maintain constant temperatures and relative humidity.
• Avoid attics, kitchens, garages, and basements for storing print media.
• Store print media flat. Print media should be stored on pallets, cartons, shelves, or in cabinets.
• Avoid having food or drinks in the area where print media is stored or handled.
• Do not open sealed packages of paper until you are ready to load them into the printer. Leave paper in the original packaging. For most commercial cut-size grades, the ream wrapper contains an inner lining that protects the paper from moisture loss or gain.
• Leave the media inside the bag until you are ready to use it; reinsert unused media in the bag and reseal it for protection. Some specialty media is packaged inside resealable plastic bags.
118 Printing Basics
Supported Print Media
Using unsuitable print media may lead to paper jams, poor print quality, breakdown and damage to your printer. To use the features of this printer effectively, use the suggested print media that is recommended here.
IMPORTANT:
• The toner may come off the print media, if it gets wet by water, rain, steam and so on. For details, contact the
Fuji Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Printing Basics 119
„
Usable Print Media
The types of print media that can be used on this printer are as follows:
Paper Size A4 SEF (210 × 297 mm)
B5 SEF (182 × 257 mm)
A5 SEF (148 × 210 mm)
Letter SEF (8.5 × 11 inches)
Legal SEF (8.5 × 14 inches)
Folio SEF (8.5 × 13 inches)
Executive SEF (7.25 × 10.5 inches)
C5 SEF (162 × 229 mm)
Monarch SEF (3.875 × 7.5 inches)
Monarch LEF (7.5 × 3.875 inches)
*
Com 10 SEF (4.125 × 9.5 inches)
DL SEF (110 × 220 mm)
DL LEF (220 × 110 mm)
*
Custom size:
Width: 76.2–215.9 mm (3–8.5 inches)
Length: 127–355.6 mm (5 –14 inches)
Paper Type Plain (60 -90 gsm)
Bond (91 -105 gsm)
Lightweight Cardstock (106 -163 gsm)
Lightweight Glossy Cardstock (106 -163 gsm)
Envelope
Labels
Recycled (60 -105 gsm)
Multipurpose Feeder ( MPF ): 150 sheets of standard paper Loading Capacity
Priority Sheet Inserter ( PSI ): 10 sheets of standard paper
*
: Monarch and DL can be supported by LEF with their flap open.
NOTE:
• SEF and LEF indicate the paper feed direction; SEF stands for short-edge feed. LEF stands for longedge feed.
• Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in this printer.
See also:
• "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 123
• "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 131
• "Loading Envelope in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 128
• "Loading Envelope in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 133
Printing on print media that differs from the paper size or paper type selected on the print driver may lead to paper jams. To make sure that printing is correctly done, select the correct paper size and paper type.
120 Printing Basics
Loading Print Media
Loading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.
Before loading print media, identify the recommended print side of the print media. This information is usually on the print media package.
NOTE:
• After loading paper in the feeder, specify the same paper type on the operator panel .
This section includes:
• "Print Media Dimensions" on page 123
• "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 123
• "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 131
• "Manual Duplex Printing" on page 136
• "Using the Output Tray Extension" on page 141
Printing Basics 121
„
Capacity
The MPF can hold:
• 150 sheets of standard paper
• 16.2 mm (0.64 inches) of thick paper
• One sheet of coated paper
• Five envelopes
• 16.2 mm (0.64 inches) of labels
The PSI can hold:
• 10 sheets of standard paper or one sheet of other paper
122 Printing Basics
„
Print Media Dimensions
Both the MPF and PSI accepts print media within the following dimensions:
• Width: 76.2 –215.9 mm (3.00–8.50 inches)
• Length: 127–355.6 mm (5.00–14.00 inches)
„
Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder ( MPF )
NOTE:
• To avoid paper jams, do not remove the priority sheet inserter ( PSI ) while printing is in progress.
• Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in this printer.
1 Open the front cover .
NOTE:
• When you use the MPF for the first time, open the front cover by pulling out the instruction sheet.
Printing Basics 123
2 Pull the PSI out.
NOTE:
• When you use the MPF for the first time, remove the instruction sheet attached to the PSI with adhesive tape.
• Read the instruction sheet before you use the PSI .
3 Pull the slide bar forward until it stops.
4 Pull the length guide forward until it stops.
124 Printing Basics
5 Adjust the paper width guides to their maximum width.
6 Before loading the print media, flex the sheets back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.
7 Load print media on the MPF with the top edge first and with the recommended print side facing up.
Printing Basics 125
8 Adjust the paper width guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the stack of print media.
9 Slide the length guide towards the printer until it touches the print media.
NOTE:
• Depending on the size of print media, first slide the slide bar backward until it stops, and then pinch the length guide and slide it backward until it touches print media.
126 Printing Basics
10 Insert the PSI into the printer and then align the PSI to the marking on the MPF .
11 Select the paper type from the print driver if the loaded print media is not plain paper. If a userspecified print media is loaded in the MPF , you must specify the paper size setting by using the print driver.
NOTE:
• For more information about setting the paper size and type on the print driver, refer to the Help provided for the print driver.
NOTE:
• For standard-size paper, adjust the length guide and paper width guides first and then set paper.
Printing Basics 127
Loading Envelope in the
Multipurpose Feeder
(
MPF
)
NOTE:
• When you print on envelopes, be sure to specify the envelope setting on the print driver. If not specified, the print image will be rotated 180 degrees.
• When Loading Com 10 , DL , or Monarch
Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up, the flap side facing down, and the flap turned to the right.
To prevent DL and Monarch from being wrinkled, they are recommended to be loaded with the printside facing up, flap opened, and facing you.
NOTE:
• When you load the envelopes in the long-edge feed (LEF) orientation, be sure to select Landscape for MPF
Orientation on the Paper/Output tab of the print driver.
128 Printing Basics
• When Loading C5
Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up, flap opened, and facing you.
IMPORTANT:
• Never use envelopes with windows, or coated linings. These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the printer.
NOTE:
• If you do not load envelopes in the MPF right after they have been removed from the packaging, they may bulge. To avoid jams, flatten them as shown below when loading them in the MPF .
Printing Basics 129
• If envelopes are still not fed correctly, add some bending to the flap of the envelopes as shown in the following illustration.
The amount of the bending shall be 5 mm (0.20 inches) or less.
• To confirm the correct orientation of envelopes, see the instruction on the Envelope/Paper Setup Navigator on the print driver.
130 Printing Basics
„
Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter ( PSI )
NOTE:
• To avoid paper jams, do not remove the PSI while printing is in progress.
• Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in this printer.
1 Open the front cover .
2 Slide the PSI forward, and then align the PSI to the marking on the MPF .
3 Adjust the paper width guides to their maximum width.
Printing Basics 131
4 Before loading the print media, flex the sheets back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.
5 Load print media on the PSI with the top edge first and with the recommended print side facing up.
6 Adjust the paper width guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the stack of print media.
7 Select the paper type from the print driver if the loaded print media is not plain paper. If a userspecified print media is loaded in the PSI , you must specify the paper size setting by using the print driver.
NOTE:
• For more information about setting the paper size and type on the print driver, refer to the Help provided for the print driver.
132 Printing Basics
Loading Envelope in the
Priority Sheet Inserter
(
PSI
)
NOTE:
• Be sure to fully insert the envelope until it stops. Otherwise, print media that is loaded on the MPF will be fed.
• When you print on envelopes, be sure to specify the envelope setting on the print driver. If not specified, the print image will be rotated 180 degrees.
• When Loading Com 10 , DL , or Monarch
Load the envelope with the side to be printed on facing up, the flap side facing down, and the flap turned to the right.
To prevent DL and Monarch from being wrinkled, they are recommended to be loaded with the printside facing up, flap opened, and facing you.
NOTE:
• When you load the envelopes in the long-edge feed (LEF) orientation, be sure to select Landscape for MPF
Orientation on the Paper/Output tab of the print driver.
Printing Basics 133
• When Loading C5
Load the envelope with the side to be printed on facing up, flap opened, and facing you.
IMPORTANT:
• Never use envelopes with windows, or coated linings. These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the printer.
NOTE:
• If you do not load envelopes in the PSI right after they have been removed from the packaging, they may bulge. To avoid jams, flatten them as shown below when loading them in the PSI .
134 Printing Basics
• If envelopes are still not fed correctly, add some bending to the flap of the envelopes as shown in the following illustration.
The amount of the bending shall be 5 mm (0.20 inches) or less.
• To confirm the correct orientation of envelopes, see the instruction on the Envelope/Paper Setup Navigator on the print driver.
Printing Basics 135
„
Manual Duplex Printing
This section includes:
• "Operations on Your Computer" on page 137
• "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 139
• "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 140
NOTE:
• When printing on curled paper, straighten the paper and then insert it into the feeder.
136 Printing Basics
Operations on Your Computer
• Using the Windows Print Driver
The following procedure uses Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 as an example.
NOTE:
• The way to display the printer Properties/Printing Preferences dialog box differs according to the application software. Refer to the manual of your respective application software.
1 From the application menu, select Print.
2 Select the printer from the Select Printer list box, and then click Preferences.
The Paper/Output tab of the Printing Preferences dialog box appears.
3 From Duplex, select either Flip on Long Edge or Flip on Short Edge to define the way 2-sided print pages are bound.
3
4
5
4 From Paper Size, select the size of the document to be printed.
5 From Paper Type, select the paper type to be used.
6 Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box.
7 Click Print in the Print dialog box to start printing.
IMPORTANT:
• When you start manual duplex printing, the instruction window appears. Note that the window cannot be reopened once it is closed. Do not close the window until duplex printing is complete.
Printing Basics 137
• Using the Mac OS X Print Driver
The following procedure uses Mac OS X 10.8 TextEdit as an example.
1 From the File menu, select Print.
2 Select the printer from Printer.
3 From Paper Size, select the size of the document to be printed.
4 Select the Printer Features pane.
5 From Feature Sets, select Paper Handling.
6 From Paper Type, select the paper type to be used.
7 From Duplex, select either Flip on Long Edge or Flip on Short Edge to define the way 2-sided print pages are bound.
8 Click Print in the Print dialog box to start printing.
138 Printing Basics
Loading Print Media in the
Multipurpose Feeder
(
MPF
)
1 First print the even pages (back sides).
For a six page document, back sides are printed in the order of page 6, page 4, then page 2.
The LCD panel when the even pages finish printing.
2 After the even pages are printed, remove the paper stack from the center output tray .
NOTE:
• Warped or curled prints can cause paper jams. Straighten them before setting them.
3 Stack the prints and set them as they are (with the blank side facing up) into the MPF , and then press the button.
Pages are printed in the order of page 1 (back of page 2), page 3 (back of page 4), and then page 5 (back of page 6).
NOTE:
• Printing on both sides of the paper is not possible if the document consists of various sizes of paper.
Printing Basics 139
Loading Print Media in the
Priority Sheet Inserter
(
PSI
)
1 First print the even pages (back sides).
For a six page document, back sides are printed in the order page 6, page 4, then page 2.
The LCD panel when the even pages finish printing.
2 After the even pages are printed, remove the paper stack from the center output tray .
NOTE:
• Warped or curled prints can cause paper jams. Straighten them before setting them.
3 Stack the prints and set them as they are (with the blank side face up) into the PSI , and then press the button.
Pages are printed in order of page 1 (back of page 2), page 3 (back of page 4), and then page 5
(back of page 6).
NOTE:
• Printing on both sides of the paper is not possible if the document consists of various sizes of paper.
140 Printing Basics
„
Using the Output Tray Extension
The output tray extension is designed to prevent print media from falling from the printer after the print job is complete.
Before printing a long length document, make sure that the output tray extension is fully extended.
NOTE:
• When you pull out envelopes or small size print media from the center output tray , lift up the scanner .
Printing Basics 141
Setting Paper Sizes and Types
When loading print media, set the paper size and type on the operator panel before printing.
This section describes how to set the paper size and type on the operator panel .
See also:
• "Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 296
„
Setting Paper Sizes
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Tray Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select MPF, and then press the button.
4 Select Paper Size, and then press the button.
5 Select the correct paper size for the print media loaded, and then press the button.
„
Setting Paper Types
IMPORTANT:
• Paper type settings must match those of the actual print media loaded in the tray. Otherwise, print-quality problems can occur.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Tray Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select MPF, and then press the button.
4 Select Paper Type, and then press the button.
5 Select the correct paper type for the print media loaded, and then press the button.
142 Printing Basics
Printing
This section covers how to print documents from your printer and how to cancel a job.
This section includes:
• "Printing from the Computer" on page 144
• "Canceling a Print Job" on page 145
• "Selecting Printing Options" on page 148
• "Printing on Custom Size Paper" on page 153
• "Checking Status of Print Job" on page 155
• "Printing a Report Page" on page 156
• "Printer Settings" on page 157
Printing Basics 143
„
Printing from the Computer
Install the print driver to use all the features of the printer. When you choose Print from an application, a window representing the print driver opens. Select the appropriate settings for the file to print. Print settings selected from the driver have precedence over the default menu settings selected from the operator panel or the Printer Setting Utility .
Printing from the Computer (Windows)
Clicking Properties/Preferences from the initial Print dialog box enables you to change the print settings. If you are not familiar with a feature in the print driver window, open the Help for more information.
To print a job from a typical Windows application:
1 Open the file you want to print.
2 From the application menu, select Print.
3 Verify that the correct printer is selected in the dialog box. Modify the print settings as needed
(such as the pages you want to print or the number of copies).
4 To adjust print settings not available from the first screen, such as Paper Size, Paper Type, or
MPF Orientation, click Preferences.
The Printing Preferences dialog box appears.
5 Specify the print settings. For more information, click Help.
6 Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box.
7 Click Print to send the job to the selected printer.
Printing from the Computer (Mac OS X)
The following procedure uses Mac OS X 10.8 TextEdit as an example.
1 Open the file you want to print.
2 From the File menu, select Print.
3 Verify that the correct printer is selected in Printer. Modify the system settings as needed (such as the pages you want to print or the number of copies).
4 To adjust system settings not available from the first screen, such as Pages per Sheet, Output
Color, or Paper Type, select the desired pane from the drop-down menu.
5 Specify the print settings. For more information, click the ? button.
6 Click Print to send the job to the selected printer.
144 Printing Basics
„
Canceling a Print Job
There are several methods for canceling a print job.
Canceling a Print Job From the
Operator Panel
To cancel a job after it has started printing:
1 Press the (Stop) button.
NOTE:
• Printing is canceled only for the current job. All the following jobs will continue to print.
Canceling a Print Job From the Computer (Windows)
• Canceling a Print Job From the Taskbar
When you send a job to print, a small printer icon appears in the right corner of the taskbar.
1 Double-click the printer icon.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
2 Select the job you want to cancel.
3 Press the Delete key.
4 Click Yes on the Printers dialog box to cancel a print job.
Printing Basics 145
• Canceling a Print Job From the Desktop
1 Minimize all programs to reveal the desktop.
For Windows XP, click start → Printers and Faxes.
For Windows Server ® 2003, click Start → Printers and Faxes.
For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, click Start → Devices and Printers.
For Windows Vista
Sound → Printers.
® and Windows Server 2008, click Start → Control Panel → Hardware and
For Windows 8, on the Desktop screen, place the mouse pointer in the upper right corner of the screen and move the mouse down, and then select Settings. Click Control Panel → Hardware
and Sound → Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2012, on the Desktop screen, place the mouse pointer in the upper right corner of the screen and move the mouse down, and then select Settings. Click Control Panel
→ Hardware → Devices and Printers.
A list of available printers appears.
2 Double-click the printer you selected when you sent the job.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
3 Select the job you want to cancel.
4 Press the Delete key.
5 Click Yes on the Printers dialog box to cancel a print job.
Canceling a Print Job From the Computer (Mac OS X)
• Canceling a Print Job From the Dock
When you send a job to print, a printer icon appears in the Dock.
1 Click the printer dock icon.
The print queue appears.
2 Select the job you want to cancel.
3 For Mac OS X 10.4.11-10.7, click Delete.
For Mac OS X 10.8, click the X button.
146 Printing Basics
• Canceling a Print Job From System Preferences
1 For Mac OS X 10.4.11-10.6, display System Preferences, and then click Print & Fax.
For Mac OS X 10.7-10.8, display System Preferences, and then click Print & Scan.
2 Select the printer from the printer list on the left.
3 For Mac OS X 10.4.11, click Print Queue.
For Mac OS X 10.5-10.8, click Open Print Queue.
4 Select the job you want to cancel.
5 For Mac OS X 10.4.11-10.7, click Delete.
For Mac OS X 10.8, click the X button.
Printing Basics 147
„
Selecting Printing Options
This section includes:
• "Selecting Printing Preferences (Windows)" on page 148
• "Selecting Options for an Individual Job (Windows)" on page 149
• "Selecting Options for an Individual Job (Mac OS X)" on page 151
Selecting Printing Preferences (Windows)
Printing preferences control all of your print jobs, unless you override them specifically for a job. For example, if you want to use duplex printing for most jobs, set this option in printing preferences.
To select printing preferences:
1 For Windows XP, click start → Printers and Faxes.
For Windows Server 2003, click Start → Printers and Faxes.
For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, click Start → Devices and Printers.
For Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008, click Start → Control Panel → Hardware and
Sound → Printers.
For Windows 8, on the Desktop screen, place the mouse pointer in the upper right corner of the screen and move the mouse down, and then select Settings. Click Control Panel → Hardware
and Sound → Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2012, on the Desktop screen, place the mouse pointer in the upper right corner of the screen and move the mouse down, and then select Settings. Click Control Panel
→ Hardware → Devices and Printers.
A list of available printers appears.
2 Right-click the icon for your printer, and then select Printing Preferences.
The printer’s Printing Preferences screen appears.
3 Make selections on the driver tabs, and then click OK to save your selections.
NOTE:
• For more information about Windows print driver options, click Help on the print driver tab to view the Help .
148 Printing Basics
Selecting Options for an Individual Job (Windows)
If you want to use special printing options for a particular job, change the driver settings before sending the job to the printer. For example, if you want to use Photo print-quality mode for a particular graphic, select this setting in the driver before printing that job.
1 With the desired document or graphic open in your application, access the Print dialog box.
2 Select your printer and click Preferences to open the print driver.
3 Make selections on the driver tabs.
NOTE:
• In Windows, you can save current printing options with a distinctive name and apply them to other print jobs. Make selections on the Paper/Output, Graphics, Layout, or Watermarks/Forms tab, and then click Save under Favorites on the Paper/Output tab. Click Help for more information.
4 Click OK to save your selections.
5 Print the job.
See the following table for specific printing options:
Printing Options for Windows
Driver Tab
Paper/Output tab
Graphics tab
Printing Options
• Favorites
• Duplex
• Output Color
• Copies
• Collated
• Paper Summary
• Paper Size
• Paper Type
• MPF Orientation
• Envelope/Paper Setup Navigator
• Show Paper Size/Type Error
• Printer Status
• Restore Defaults
• Output Color
• Image Adjustment Mode
• Image Types
• Intent
• Screen
• Toner Saving Mode
• Image Settings
• Color Balance
• Profile Settings
• Restore Defaults
Printing Basics 149
Driver Tab
Layout tab
Watermarks/Forms tab
Printing Options
• Image Orientation
• Multiple Up
• Image Order
• Image Border
• Poster/Mixed Document
• Output Size
• Reduce / Enlarge
• Margin Shift/Margin
• Restore Defaults
• Watermarks
– New Text
– New Bitmap
– Edit
– Delete
– First Page Only
• Forms
– Off
– Create / Register Forms
– Image Overlay
• Header / Footer Options
• Restore Defaults
150 Printing Basics
Selecting Options for an Individual Job (Mac OS X)
To select print settings for a particular job, change the driver settings before sending the job to the printer.
1 With the document open in your application, click File, and then click Print.
2 Select your printer from Printer.
3 Select the desired printing options from the menus and drop-down list boxes that are displayed.
NOTE:
• In Mac OS X, click Save As (Save Current Settings as Preset for Mac OS X 10.8) on the Presets menu screen to save the current printer settings. You can create multiple presets and save each with its own distinctive name and printer settings. To print jobs using specific printer settings, click the applicable saved preset in the Presets menu.
4 Click Print to print the job.
Mac OS X Print Driver Printing Options:
The table shown below uses Mac OS X 10.8 TextEdit as an example.
Printing options for Mac OS X
Item
Layout
Color Matching
Paper Handling
Cover Page
Printing Options
• Copies
• Pages
• Paper Size
• Orientation
• Pages per Sheet
• Layout Direction
• Border
• Reverse page orientation (for Mac OS X 10.5 or later)
• Flip horizontally (for Mac OS X 10.6 or later)
• ColorSync
• Vendor Matching
• Collate pages
• Pages to Print
• Page Order
• Scale to fit paper size
• Destination Paper Size
• Scale down only
• Print Cover Page
• Cover Page Type
• Billing Info
Printing Basics 151
Item
Image Options
Printer Features
Printing Options
• Output Color
• Image Quality
• Brightness
• Image Types
• Screen
• Color Balance
• Detailed Settings
– Image Rotation (180deg)
– Toner Saving Mode
• Paper Handling
– Paper Type
– Duplex
– Show Paper Size/Type Error
• Printer Specific Options
– Skip Blank Pages
152 Printing Basics
„
Printing on Custom Size Paper
This section explains how to print on custom size paper using the print driver.
The way to load custom size paper is the same as the one to load standard size paper.
See also:
• "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 123
• "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 131
• "Setting Paper Sizes and Types" on page 142
Defining Custom Paper Sizes
Before printing, set the custom size on the print driver.
NOTE:
• When setting the paper size on the print driver and the operator panel , be sure to specify the same size as the actual print media used. Setting the wrong size for printing can cause printer failure. This is especially true if you configure a bigger size when using a narrow width paper.
• Using the Windows Print Driver
On the Windows print driver, set the custom size in the Custom Paper Size dialog box. This section explains the procedure using Windows 7 as an example.
An administrator’s password only allows users with administrator rights to change the settings. Users without the rights of administrator can only view the contents.
1 Click Start → Devices and Printers.
2 Right-click the printer, and then select Printer properties.
3 Select the Configuration tab.
4 Click Custom Paper Size.
5 Select the custom setup you want to define from Details.
6 Specify the length of the short edge and long edge under Change Setting For. You can specify the values either by entering them directly or using the up arrow and down arrow buttons. The length of the short edge cannot be longer than the long edge, even if it is within the specified range. The length of the long edge cannot be shorter than the short edge, even if it is within the specified range.
7 To assign a paper name, select the Name the Paper Size check box, and then enter the name in
Paper Name. Up to 14 characters can be used for the paper name.
8 If necessary, repeat steps 5 to 7 to define another custom size.
9 Click OK twice.
Printing Basics 153
Printing on Custom Size Paper
Use the following procedures to print using either the Windows or Mac OS X print drivers.
• Using the Windows Print Driver
This section explains the procedure using Windows 7 as an example.
NOTE:
• The way to display the printer Properties/Printing Preferences dialog box differs according to the application software. Refer to the manual of your respective application software.
1 From the application menu, select Print.
2 Select your printer and click Preferences.
3 Select the Paper/Output tab.
4 Select the size of the document to be printed from Paper Size.
5 Select the paper type to be used from Paper Type.
6 Click the Layout tab.
7 From Output Size, select the custom size you defined. If you have selected the custom size from
Paper Size in step 4 , select Same as Paper Size.
8 Click OK.
9 Click Print in the Print dialog box to start printing.
• Using the Mac OS X Print Driver
This section explains the procedure using Mac OS X 10.8 TextEdit as an example.
1 From the File menu, select Page Setup.
2 Select your printer from Format For.
3 From Paper Size, select Manage Custom Sizes.
4 In the Custom Paper Sizes window, click +.
A newly created setting " Untitled " is displayed in the list.
5 Double-click " Untitled " and enter a name for the setting.
6 Enter the size of the document to be printed in the Width and Height boxes of Paper Size.
7 Specify Non-Printable Area if necessary.
8 Click OK.
9 Make sure that the newly created paper size is chosen in Paper Size, and then click OK.
10 From the File menu, select Print.
11 Click Print to start printing.
154 Printing Basics
„
Checking Status of Print Job
Checking Status via the
SimpleMonitor
(Windows Only)
You can check the printer status with the SimpleMonitor . Double-click the SimpleMonitor printer icon on the taskbar at the bottom right of the screen. The Printer Selection window appears, which displays the printer name, printer connection port, printer status, and model name. Check the column
Status to know the current status of your printer.
Settings button: Displays the Settings window and allows you to modify the SimpleMonitor settings.
Click the name of the desired printer listed on the Printer Selection window. The Printer Status window appears. You can check the printer status and print job status.
For more information about the SimpleMonitor , see Help . The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example:
1 Click Start → All Programs.
2 Select Fuji Xerox.
3 Select Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific.
4 Select your printer.
5 Select SimpleMonitor-Btype for Asia-Pacific.
The Printer Selection window appears.
6 Click the name of the desired printer from the list.
The Printer Status window appears.
7 Click Help.
See also:
• "SimpleMonitor (Windows Only)" on page 59
Checking Status via the
CentreWare Internet Services
(DocuPrint
CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
You can check the status of the print job sent to the printer at the Jobs tab of the CentreWare Internet
Services .
See also:
• "CentreWare Internet Services (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 57
Printing Basics 155
„
Printing a Report Page
.
Taking the System Settings page as an example, this section describes how to print a report page.
Printing a System Settings Page
To verify detailed printer settings, print a System Settings page.
Using the
Operator Panel
NOTE:
• The reports and lists are all printed in English.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Report / List, and then press the button.
3 Select System Settings, and then press the button.
The System Settings page is printed.
Using the
Printer Setting Utility
(Windows Only)
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
NOTE:
• The reports and lists are all printed in English.
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Printer Setting Utility.
NOTE:
• The window to select a printer appears in this step, when multiple print drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of the desired printer listed in Printer Name.
The Printer Setting Utility appears.
2 Click the Printer Settings Report tab.
3 Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page is displayed.
4 Click System Settings.
The System Settings page is printed.
156 Printing Basics
„
Printer Settings
This section includes:
• "Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings" on page 157
• "Using the Printer Setting Utility to Change the Printer Settings (Windows Only)" on page 158
• "Adjusting the Language" on page 158
Using the
Operator Panel
to Change the Printer Settings
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the operator panel .
When you first enter the menus from the operator panel , you see a list of menu items. The value displayed on the right of each menu item is the factory default menu setting. These settings are the original printer settings.
NOTE:
• Factory defaults may vary for different regions.
To select a new value as a default menu setting:
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select the desired menu, and then press the button.
3 Select the desired menu or menu item, and then press the button.
• If the selection is a menu, the menu is opened and the list of menu items appears.
• If the selection is a menu item, the default menu setting for the menu item is displayed with a highlight.
Each menu item has a list of values for the menu item. A value can be:
• A phrase or word to describe a setting
• A numerical value that can be changed
• An On or Off setting
4 Select the desired value.
5 Press the button to enable the setting value.
The value is displayed on the right of the menu item in the previous screen to identify it as the current user default menu setting.
6 To continue setting other items, select the desired menu. Press the (Back) or button to return to the previous menu.
To quit setting new values, press the (System) button, and then press the (Back) or button to return to the Select Function screen.
These settings are active until new ones are selected or the factory defaults are restored.
Note that the print driver settings have precedence over the settings made on the operator panel .
Printing Basics 157
Using the
Printer Setting Utility
to Change the Printer Settings
(Windows Only)
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the Printer Setting Utility .
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
NOTE:
• Factory defaults may vary for different regions.
These settings are active until new ones are selected or the factory defaults are restored.
To select a new value as a setting:
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Printer Setting Utility.
NOTE:
• The window to select a printer appears in this step, when multiple print drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of the desired printer listed in Printer Name.
The Printer Setting Utility appears.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select the desired menu item.
Each menu item has a list of values for the menu item. A value can be:
• A phrase or word to describe a setting
• A numerical value that can be changed
• An On or Off setting
4 Select the desired value, and then click the Apply New Settings or Restart printer to apply
new settings button.
Note that the print driver settings have precedence over the settings made on the Printer Settings
Utility .
Adjusting the Language
To display a different language on the operator panel :
• Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Panel Language, and then press the button.
3 Select the desired language, and then press the button.
158 Printing Basics
• Using the Printer Setting Utility (Windows Only)
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Printer Setting Utility.
NOTE:
• The window to select a printer appears in this step, when multiple print drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of the desired printer listed in Printer Name.
The Printer Setting Utility appears.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select System Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The System Settings page is displayed.
4 Select the desired language from Panel Language, and then click the Apply New Settings button.
Printing Basics 159
160 Printing Basics
Copying
This chapter includes:
• "Loading Paper for Copying" on page 162
• "Preparing a Document" on page 163
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
• "Changing the Default Settings" on page 187
6
Copying 161
Loading Paper for Copying
The instructions for loading print documents are the same whether you are printing, faxing, or copying.
(The fax feature is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
See also:
• "Usable Print Media" on page 120
• "Loading Print Media" on page 121
162 Copying
Preparing a Document
You can use the document glass or the automatic document feeder ( ADF ) to load an original document for copying, scanning and sending a fax. (The ADF and fax feature are available only for the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.) You can load up to 15 sheets of 64 gsm documents for one job using the ADF or one sheet at a time using the document glass .
IMPORTANT:
• Avoid loading documents that are smaller than 148.0 × 210.0 mm (5.83 × 8.27 inch) or larger than 215.9 ×
355.6 mm (8.5 × 14 inch), different sizes or weights together, booklets, pamphlets, transparencies, or documents having other unusual characteristics in ADF .
• Carbon-paper or carbon-backed paper, coated paper, onion skin or thin paper, wrinkled or creased paper, curled or rolled paper or torn paper cannot be used in ADF .
• Do not use the documents with staples, paper clips or exposed to adhesives or solvent based materials such as glue, ink and correcting fluid in ADF .
NOTE:
• To get the best scan quality, especially for color or gray scale images, use the document glass instead of the
ADF .
Copying 163
Making Copies From the Document Glass
NOTE:
• A computer connection is not required for copying.
• For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, make sure that no document is in the ADF . If any document is detected in the ADF , it takes priority over the document on the document glass .
• Dust on the document glass may cause black spots on the copy printout. For best results, clean the document glass before use. For more information, see
"Cleaning the Scanner" on page 415
.
To make a copy from the document glass :
1 Open the document cover .
2 Place the document facing down on the document glass and align it with the registration guide on the top left corner of the document glass .
CAUTION:
• Do not apply excessive force to hold thick document on the document glass. It may break the glass and cause injuries.
3 Close the document cover .
NOTE:
• Leaving the document cover open while copying may affect the copy quality and increase the toner consumption.
• If you are copying a page from a book or magazine, lift the document cover until its hinges are caught by the stopper, and then close the document cover . If the book or magazine is thicker than 20 mm, start copying with the document cover open.
164 Copying
4 Press the (Copy) button.
5 Customize the copy settings such as the number of copies, copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
To clear the settings, use the CA (Clear All) button.
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
NOTE:
• Press the (Stop) button to cancel a copy job at any time while scanning a document.
Copying 165
Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
IMPORTANT:
• Do not load more than 15 sheets on the ADF or allow more than 15 sheets to be fed to the document output tray . The document output tray should be emptied before it holds more than 15 sheets or your source documents may be damaged.
NOTE:
• To get the best scan quality, especially for color or gray scale images, use the document glass instead of the ADF .
• A computer connection is not required for copying.
• You cannot load the following documents in the ADF . Be sure to place them on the document glass .
Curled originals
Lightweight originals
Cut and paste originals
Pre-punched paper
Folded, creased or torn originals
Carbon paper
To make copy from the ADF :
1 Load up to 15 sheets of 64 gsm documents facing up on the ADF with top edge of the documents in first. Then adjust the document guides to the correct document size.
NOTE:
• Be sure to adjust the document guides before copying a legal-size document.
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Customize the copy settings such as number of copies, copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
To clear the settings, use the CA (Clear All) button.
NOTE:
• The options automatically return to default statuses when the next copy service is initiated or the auto clear timer expires.
4 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
NOTE:
• Press the (Stop) button to cancel a copy job at any time while scanning a document.
166 Copying
Setting Copy Options
Set the following options for the current copy job before pressing the (Start) button to make copies.
NOTE:
• After a copy job is completed, the copy options would be kept until the screen returns to Select Function
(auto-reset or the (Back) button is pressed), the CA (Clear All) button is pressed, or the (Copy) button is pressed again.
This section includes:
• "Number of Copies" on page 168
• "Reduce/Enlarge" on page 171
• "Lighter/Darker" on page 175
• "Color Balance R" on page 178
• "Color Balance G" on page 179
• "Color Balance B" on page 180
• "Margin Top/Bottom" on page 184
• "Margin Left/Right" on page 185
Copying 167
„
Number of Copies
Specify the number of copies from 1 to 99.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Enter the number of copies using the numeric keypad .
4 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
5 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
168 Copying
„
Color
Select a mode from color or black and white copying.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Press the Color Mode button to select the desired color mode.
4 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as the number of copies, copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
5 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
Copying 169
„
Collated
Sort the copy outputs. For examples, if you make two copies of three page documents, first set of three-pages documents will be printed followed by the second set.
NOTE:
• Copying documents with a large amount of data may exhaust available memory. If a memory shortage occurs, cancel the collating by turning Collated to Uncollated on the operator panel .
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Select Collated, and then press the button.
4 Select the desired setting, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Uncollated* Does not sort the copy output.
Collated
Auto
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Sorts the copy outputs.
5 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as the number of copies, copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
170 Copying
„
Reduce/Enlarge
Reduce or enlarge the size of a copied image, from 25% to 400%.
NOTE:
• When you make a reduced copy, black lines may appear at the bottom of your copy. Size reducing may cause black lines to appear at the bottom of copies.
• This item is available only when N-Up is set to Off or Manual.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Select Reduce/Enlarge, and then press the button.
4 Select the desired settings, and then press the button.
• mm series
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
200%
A5→A4 (141%)
A5→B5 (122%)
100%*
B5→A5 (81%)
A4→A5 (70%)
50%
Copying 171
• inch series
200%
Stmt→Lgl (154%)
Stmt→Ltr (129%)
100%*
Lgl→Ltr (78%)
Ldgr→Ltr (64%)
50%
NOTE:
• You can also use the numeric keypad to input the desired zoom ratio from 25% to 400%, or press the button to increase the zoom ratio or press the button to reduce the zoom ratio in 1% interval. See the following table for specific zoom ratios.
Copy A5 B5 A4
Original
A5
B5
A4
100%
81%
70%
122%
100%
86%
141%
115%
100%
The methods to load print media vary depending on the size and orientation of the print media.
For details, refer to
"Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 123
or
"Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 131 .
For print media that can be loaded, refer to "Usable Print Media" on page 120 .
5 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as the number of copies, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
172 Copying
„
Document Size
Specify the default document size.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Select Document Size, and then press the button.
4 Select the desired settings, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
A4 (210 × 297mm)*
A5 (148 × 210mm)
B5 (182 × 257mm)
Letter (8.5 × 11")
Folio (8.5 × 13")
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Legal (8.5 × 14")
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Executive (7.25 × 10.5")
5 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as number of copies, copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
Copying 173
„
Original Type
Select the copy image quality.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Select Original Type, and then press the button.
4 Select the desired settings, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Text
Mixed*
Photo
Suitable for document contains mostly text.
Suitable for document contains photos/text/gray tones.
Suitable for document contains mostly photos.
5 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as the number of copies and copy size.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
174 Copying
„
Lighter/Darker
Adjust density level to create lighter or darker copy of original document.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Select Lighter/Darker, and then press the button.
4 Select the desired settings, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Darker1
Darker2
Makes the copy lighter than the original. Works well with dark print.
Works well with standard type or printed documents.
Makes the copy darker than the original. Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
5 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as the number of copies, copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
Copying 175
„
Sharpness
Adjust the sharpness to make the copy sharper or softer than the original.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Select Sharpness, and then press the button.
4 Select the desired settings, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Sharpest
Sharper
Normal*
Softer
Softest
Makes the copy sharper than the original.
Does not make the copy sharper or softer than the original.
Makes the copy softer than the original.
5 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as the number of copies, copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
176 Copying
„
Auto Exposure
Suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Select Auto Exposure, and then press the button.
4 Select On, and then press the button.
5 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as the number of copies, copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
Copying 177
„
Color Balance R
Specify the default color balance level of red within the range of -2 to +2.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select Copy Defaults, and then press the button.
4 Select Color Balance R, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired value, and then press the button.
178 Copying
„
Color Balance G
Specify the default color balance level of green within the range of -2 to +2.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select Copy Defaults, and then press the button.
4 Select Color Balance G, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired value, and then press the button.
Copying 179
„
Color Balance B
Specify the default color balance level of blue within the range of -2 to +2.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select Copy Defaults, and then press the button.
4 Select Color Balance B, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired value, and then press the button.
180 Copying
„
Gray Balance
Specify the default gray balance level within the range of -2 to +2.
NOTE:
• This option is effective only for black and white copying.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select Copy Defaults, and then press the button.
4 Select Gray Balance, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired value, and then press the button.
Copying 181
„
N-Up
Print two original images to fit onto one sheet of paper.
Auto:
Automatically reduces the pages to fit in one page.
ID Card Copy:
Always prints two sides of the ID card in one page in the original size (by
100%).
Manual:
Reduces the pages in the custom size depending on the setting of the
Reduce/Enlarge menu.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Select N-Up, and then press the button.
182 Copying
4 Select the desired setting, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Off*
Auto
ID Card Copy
Manual
Does not perform N-Up printing.
Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper.
Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the original size.
Prints the original pages onto the one sheet of paper in the size specified in Reduce/Enlarge.
5 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as the number of copies, copy size (only for Off or Manual) and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
When you are using the document glass and N-Up is set to Auto, ID Card Copy, or Manual, the display prompts you for another page. Select Yes or No, and then press the button.
If you select Yes, select Continue or Cancel, and then press the button.
Copying 183
„
Margin Top/Bottom
Specify the top and bottom margins of the copy.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Select Margin Top/Bottom, and then press the button.
4 Press the or button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad , and then press
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
4mm*/0.2 inch*
0-50mm/0.0-2.0 inch
Factory default setting.
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
5 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as the number of copies, copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
184 Copying
„
Margin Left/Right
Specify the left and right margins of the copy.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Select Margin Left/Right, and then press the button.
4 Press the or button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad , and then press
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
4mm*/0.2 inch*
0-50mm/0.0-2.0 inch
Factory default setting.
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
5 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as the number of copies, copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
Copying 185
„
Margin Middle
You can specify the middle margin of the copy.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Copy) button.
3 Select Margin Middle, and then press the button.
4 Press the or button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad , and then press
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
0mm*/0.0 inch*
0-50mm/0.0-2.0 inch
Factory default setting.
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
5 If necessary, customize the copy settings such as the number of copies, copy size, and image quality.
See also:
• "Setting Copy Options" on page 167
6 Press the (Start) button to begin copying.
186 Copying
Changing the Default Settings
The COPY menu options such as color mode and image quality can be set to your most frequent use modes.
To create your own default settings:
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select Copy Defaults and then press the button.
4 Select the desired menu item and then press the button.
5 Select the desired setting or enter the value using the numeric keypad and then press the button.
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 , as needed.
7 To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
Copying 187
188 Copying
7
Scanning
This chapter includes:
• "Scanning Overview" on page 190
• "Scanning to a USB Connected Computer" on page 192
• "Using a Scanner on the Network (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 199
• "Scanning to a USB Storage Device" on page 226
• "Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 227
• "Adjusting Scanning Options" on page 230
Scanning 189
Scanning Overview
You can use your printer to turn pictures and text into editable images on your computer.
The resolution setting to use when you scan an item depends on the item type and how you plan to use the image or document after you scan it into your computer. For the best results, use these recommended settings.
Type
Documents
Resolution
300 dpi black-and-white or 200 dpi grayscale or color
Documents of poor quality or that contain small text 400 dpi black-and-white or 300 dpi grayscale
Photographs and pictures
Images for an inkjet printer
Images for a high-resolution printer
100–200 dpi color or 200 dpi grayscale
150–300 dpi
300–600 dpi
Scanning beyond these recommended resolutions may exceed the capabilities of the application. If you require a recommended resolution mentioned in the above table, reduce the size of the image by previewing (or pre-scan) and crop it before scanning the image.
„
Scanning - From Computer
• To scan and send the scanned data to a computer connected with a USB cable, see
From the Operator Panel" on page 192
. This method is supported both on the Microsoft ®
Windows ® and Mac OS X operating systems. USB connection and the Express Scan Manager , a bundled software tool, is required. Scan data will be saved at a location configured by the
Express Scan Manager if Scan To PC service is used on computer.
• To scan and export the scanned data to a graphic software application such as the Adobe ®
Photoshop ®
using the TWAIN driver, see "Scanning to the TWAIN Driver" on page 193
. This method is supported both on the Microsoft Windows and Mac OS X operating systems but requires a USB or network connection and a graphic software application.
• To scan and export the scanned data to Microsoft's program such as the Windows Photo Gallery and the Microsoft Paint
, using the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) driver, see "Scanning to the
. This method is supported only on the Windows operating system and requires a USB or network (including WSD) connection.
NOTE:
• WSD stands for Web Services on Devices.
190 Scanning
„
Scanning - From Printer
• To scan and send the scanned data to a computer connected to a network via the WSD, see
"Scanning to the WSD" on page 197
.
• To scan and send scanned data to a computer or server connected to a network, see
"Sending the Scanned File to the Network" on page 225 .
•
To scan and save the scanned data onto a USB storage device, see "Scanning to a USB Storage
.
• To scan and send the scanned data through e-mail, see
"Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned
Image (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 227 .
Scanning beyond these recommended resolutions may exceed the capabilities of the application. If you require a resolution above those recommended in the table below, you should reduce the size of the image by previewing (or pre-scanning) and cropping before scanning the image.
Scanning 191
Scanning to a USB Connected Computer
This section includes:
• "Scanning From the Operator Panel" on page 192
• "Scanning to the TWAIN Driver" on page 193
• "Scanning to the WIA Driver" on page 195
„
Scanning From the Operator Panel
The following procedure uses Microsoft
®
Windows
®
7 as an example.
NOTE:
• Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer using the USB cable.
• You must use Express Scan Manager on your computer to configure the output destination of the scanned image files.
• This service is supported both on the Windows and Mac OS X operating systems.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Scan) button.
3 Select Scan to Application, and then press the button.
4 Select Scan to computer, and then press the button.
5 Configure the scanning settings as necessary.
6 Press the (Start) button.
The scanned image file is generated.
NOTE:
• If the following window appears on your computer, select Express Scan Manager-Btype, and then click
OK. Once you select the Always use this program for this action check box when selecting Express
Scan Manager-Btype, the selected application is automatically used without displaying the program selection window.
• File type of scanned data varies depending on application on computer.
See also:
• "Express Scan Manager" on page 63
192 Scanning
„
Scanning to the TWAIN Driver
Your printer supports the Tool Without An Interesting Name (TWAIN) driver for scanning images.
TWAIN is one of the standard components provided by Windows XP, Windows Server ® 2003,
Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Vista ® , Windows 7, and Mac OS X
10.4/10.5/10.6/10.7/10.8, and works with various scanners.
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
NOTE:
• Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer using the USB cable.
• When using the printer as a network printer, you can also scan document(s) via network protocol instead of the USB cable.
The following procedure to scan an image uses Microsoft Clip Organizer as an example.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Click Start → All Programs → Microsoft Office → Microsoft Office 2010 Tools → Microsoft
Clip Organizer.
3 Click File → Add Clips to Organizer → From Scanner or Camera.
4 In the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera window, under Device, select your TWAIN device.
5 Click Custom Insert.
Scanning 193
6 Select your scanning preferences and click Preview to display the preview image.
NOTE:
• For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, Preview is grayed out and disabled when you select Document
Feeder Tray from Scan From.
• The windows appear on your screen may differ from this manual depends on operating system.
• File type of scanned data vary depends on application on computer.
7 Select the desired properties from the Image Quality and Image Options tabs.
8 Click Scan to start scanning.
The scanned image file is generated.
194 Scanning
„
Scanning to the WIA Driver
Your printer also supports the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) driver for scanning images. WIA is one of the standard components provided by Windows XP and later operating systems and works with digital cameras and scanners. Unlike the TWAIN driver, the WIA driver allows you to scan an image and easily manipulate those images without using additional software.
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
NOTE:
• Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer using the USB cable.
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Start the drawing software, such as Paint for Windows.
NOTE:
• When you use Windows Vista, use Windows Photo Gallery instead of Paint .
3 Click the Paint button → From scanner or camera.
The WIA window appears.
The windows appear on your screen may differ from this manual depends on operating system.
4 Select your scanning preferences and click Adjust the quality of the scanned picture to display the Advanced Properties window.
5 Select the desired properties including brightness and contrast, and then click OK.
Scanning 195
6 Click Scan to start scanning.
7 Click the Paint button → Save as.
8 Enter a picture name, and select a file format and destination to save the picture.
196 Scanning
„
Scanning to the WSD
If the printer is connected to a computer via network using Web Services on Devices (WSD), you can use the Scan to WSD function to send scanned images to a computer.
NOTE:
• To use Scan to WSD, you need to setup connection using WSD.
• WSD is supported only on Windows Vista
®
, Windows 7 and Windows 8.
Printer Setup for Scan to WSD
Setup the printer and computer for connection using WSD.
Checking the Printer Setting
To use the Scan to WSD function, WSD needs to be set to Enable. See
for details.
Setting Up the Computer
NOTE:
• For Windows 8, a computer automatically connects the printer using WSD. There is no need to install the printer manually.
• For Windows 7:
1 Click Start → Computer → Network
2 Right-click the printer icon, and then click Install. The printer will be connected by WSD.
• For Windows Vista:
1 Click start → Network
2 Right-click the icon for the printer, and then click Install.
3 Click Continue. The printer will be connected by WSD.
Scanning 197
Procedures for WSD Scan
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, firstly load the top edge of document(s) with facing up into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Scan) button.
3 Select Scan to WSD, and then press the button.
4 Ensue that Scan to is highlighted, and then press the button.
5 Select a desired computer you want to send the scan job, and then press the button.
6 Select a desired scan event, and then press the button.
Options are :
Scan
Scan to print
Scan to Email
Scan to Fax
Scan to OCR.
7 Press the (Start) button.
198 Scanning
Using a Scanner on the Network (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
This section includes:
• "Confirming a Login name and Password" on page 201
• "Specifying a Destination to Store the Document" on page 204
• "Configuring the Printer Settings" on page 219
• "Sending the Scanned File to the Network" on page 225
„
Overview
The Scan to Server/Computer feature allows you to scan documents and send the scanned document to a network computer via the FTP or SMB protocol.
Computer
FTP Server
Scan
Using FTP
Using SMB
Computer
You can select the kind of the server and specify a destination to store the scanned document with the
CentreWare Internet Services or Address Book Editor .
The following items are required to use the Scan to Server/Computer feature.
• Using SMB
To transfer data via SMB, your computer must run on one of the following operating systems that includes folder sharing.
For Mac OS X, a shared user account is required on the Mac OS X.
• Windows Server 2003
• Windows Server 2008
• Windows Server 2008 R2
• Windows Server 2012
• Windows XP
• Windows Vista
• Windows 7
• Windows 8
• Mac OS X 10.4/10.5/10.6
Scanning 199
• Using FTP
To transfer data via FTP, one of the following FTP servers and an account to the FTP server
(login name and password) are required.
• Windows XP
FTP service of Microsoft Internet Information Server 3.0/4.0 or Internet Information Services
5.0/5.1
• Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008, and Windows
Server 2008 R2
FTP service of Microsoft Internet Information Services 6.0
• Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012
FTP service of Microsoft Internet Information Services 8.0
• Mac OS X
FTP service of Mac OS X 10.4.2/10.4.4/10.4.8/10.4.9/10.4.10/10.4.11/10.5/10.6/10.7/10.8
For information on how to configure the FTP service, contact your system administrator.
Follow the procedure below to use the Scan to Server/Computer feature.
"Confirming a Login name and Password" on page 201
"Specifying a Destination to Store the Document" on page 204
"Configuring the Printer Settings" on page 219
"Sending the Scanned File to the Network" on page 225
200 Scanning
„
Confirming a Login name and Password
When Using SMB
The Scan to Computer/Server feature requires a user login account with a valid and non-empty password for authentication. Confirm a login user name and password.
If you do not use a password for your user login, you need to create a password for your user login account with the following procedure.
• For Windows XP:
1 Click start → Control Panel → User Accounts.
2 Click Change an account.
3 Select your account.
4 Click Create a password and add in a password for your user login account.
• For Windows Server 2003:
1 Click Start → Administrative Tools → Computer Management.
2 Click Local Users and Groups.
3 Double-click Users.
4 Right-click your account, and then select Set Password.
NOTE:
• When an alert message appears, confirm the message and then click Proceed.
5 Add in a password for your user login account.
Scanning 201
• For Windows Vista and Windows 7:
1 Click Start → Control Panel.
2 Click User Accounts and Family Safety.
3 Click User Accounts.
4 Click Create a password for your account and add in a password for your user login account.
• For Windows 8:
1 On the Desktop screen, place the mouse pointer in the upper right corner of the screen and move the mouse down, and then select Settings → Control Panel.
2 Click User Accounts and Family Safety.
3 Click User Accounts.
4 Click Make changes to my account in PC settings.
5 On the right window pane, click Create a password under Sign-in options and add in a password for your user login account.
• For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2:
1 Click Start → Control Panel.
2 Click User Accounts.
3 Click User Accounts.
4 Click Create a password for your account and add in a password for your user login account.
• For Windows Server 2012:
1 On the Start screen, click Administrative Tools → Computer Management.
2 Click Local Users and Groups.
3 Double-click Users.
4 Right-click your account, and then select Set Password.
NOTE:
• When an alert message appears, confirm the message and then click Proceed.
5 Add in a password for your user login account.
202 Scanning
• For Mac OS X 10.4/10.5/10.6
1 Click System Preferences → Accounts.
2 Select your account.
3 Select Change Password.
4 Enter a password for your user login account in New Password (New password for Mac OS X
10.6).
5 Re-enter the password in Verify.
6 Click Change Password.
After you confirmed a login user name and password, go to "Specifying a Destination to Store the
When Using FTP
The Scan to Computer/Server feature requires a user name and a password. For your user name and password, contact your system administrator.
Scanning 203
„
Specifying a Destination to Store the Document
When Using SMB
Share a folder to store the scanned document using the following procedure.
• For Windows XP Home Edition:
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name, MyShare).
2 Right-click the folder, and then select Properties.
3 Click the Sharing tab, and then select Share this folder on the network.
4 Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
NOTE:
• Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting procedure.
204 Scanning
NOTE:
• When the following screen appears, click If you understand the security risks but want to share files
without running the wizard, click here, then select Just enable file sharing, and then click OK.
5 Select Allow network users to change my files.
6 Click Apply, and then click OK.
NOTE:
• To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have created.
Example: Folder name, MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory
After you created a folder, go to "Configuring the Printer Settings" on page 219
.
Scanning 205
• For Windows XP Professional Edition:
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name, MyShare) and double-click the folder.
2 Select Folder Options from Tools.
3 Click View tab, and then deselect the Use simple file sharing (Recommended) check box.
4 Click OK, and then close the window.
5 Right-click the folder, and then select Properties.
6 Select the Sharing tab, and then select Share this folder.
206 Scanning
7 Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
NOTE:
• Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting procedure.
8 Click Permissions to create a write permission for this folder.
9 Click Add.
10 Search user login name by clicking Advanced, or enter the user login name in the Enter the
object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm (Example of user login name,
MySelf).
NOTE:
• Do not use Everyone as the user login name.
11 Click OK.
Scanning 207
12 Click the user login name that you have just entered. Select the Full Control check box. This will grant you permission to send the document into this folder.
13 Click OK.
14 Click Apply, and then click OK.
NOTE:
• To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have created.
Example: Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
After you created a folder, go to "Configuring the Printer Settings" on page 219
.
208 Scanning
• For Windows Server 2003
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name, MyShare).
2 Right-click the folder, and then select Properties.
3 Click the Sharing tab, and then select the Share this folder.
4 Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
NOTE:
• Note down the shared name as you need to use this name in the next setting procedure.
5 Click Permissions to give write permission for this folder.
6 Click Add.
7 Search user login name by clicking Advanced, or enter the user login name in the Enter the
object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm (Example of user login name,
MySelf).
NOTE:
• Do not use Everyone as the user login name.
Scanning 209
8 Click OK.
9 Click the user login name that you have just entered. Select the Full Control check box. This will grant you permission to send the document to this folder.
10 Click OK.
11 Configure other settings as necessary, and then click Apply and click OK.
NOTE:
• To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have created.
Example: Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
After you created a folder, go to "Configuring the Printer Settings" on page 219
.
210 Scanning
• For Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server
2008 R2
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name, MyShare).
2 Right-click the folder, and then select Properties.
3 Click the Sharing tab, and then select Advanced Sharing.
For Windows Vista, when User Account Control window appears, click Continue.
4 Select the Share this folder check box.
5 Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
NOTE:
• Note down the shared name as you need to use this name in the next setting procedure.
Scanning 211
6 Click Permissions to give write permission for this folder.
7 Click Add.
8 Search user login name by clicking Advanced, or enter the user login name in the Enter the
object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm (Example of user login name,
MySelf).
NOTE:
• Do not use Everyone as the user login name.
9 Click OK.
10 Click the user login name that you have just entered. Select the Full Control check box. This will grant you permission to send the document to this folder.
11 Click OK.
12 Click OK to exit the Advanced Sharing window.
212 Scanning
13 Click Close.
NOTE:
• To add sub-folders, create new folders in the shared folder you have created.
Example: Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name: MyPic, Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
After you created a folder, go to "Configuring the Printer Settings" on page 219
.
Scanning 213
• For Windows 8
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name: MyShare).
2 Right-click the folder, and then select Properties.
3 Click the Sharing tab, and then click Advanced Sharing.
4 Select the Share this folder check box.
5 Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
NOTE:
• Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting.
6 Click Permissions to create a write permission for this folder.
7 Click Add.
214 Scanning
8 Search user login name by clicking Advanced, or enter the user login name in the Enter the
object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm (Example of user login name:
MySelf).
9 Click OK.
10 Click the user login name that you have just entered. Select the Full Control check box. This will grant you permission to send the document into this folder.
NOTE:
• Do not use Everyone as the user login name.
11 Click OK.
12 Click OK to exit the Advanced Sharing dialog box.
13 Click Close.
Scanning 215
• For Windows Server 2012
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name: MyShare).
2 Right-click the folder, and then select Properties.
3 Click the Sharing tab, and then click Advanced Sharing.
4 Select the Share this folder check box.
5 Enter a shared name in the Share name box.
NOTE:
• Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting procedure.
6 Click Permissions to create a write permission for this folder.
7 Click Add.
216 Scanning
8 Search user login name by clicking Advanced, or enter the user login name in the Enter the
object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm (Example of user login name:
MySelf).
9 Click OK.
10 Click the user login name that you have just entered. Select the Full Control check box. This will grant you permission to send the document into this folder.
NOTE:
• Do not use Everyone as the user login name.
11 Click OK.
12 Click OK to exit the Advanced Sharing dialog box.
13 Click Close.
Scanning 217
• For Mac OS X 10.4:
1 Select Home from the Go menu.
2 Double-click Public.
3 Create a folder (Example of folder name, MyShare).
NOTE:
• Note down the folder name as you need to use this name in the next setting procedure.
4 Open System Preferences, and then click Sharing.
5 Select the Personal File Sharing check box and the Windows Sharing check box.
• For Mac OS X 10.5/10.6:
1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer (Example of folder name, MyShare).
NOTE:
• Note down the folder name as you need to use this name in the next setting procedure.
2 Select the created folder, and then select Get Info from the File menu.
3 Select the Shared Folder (Shared folder for Mac OS X 10.6) check box.
4 Open Sharing & Permissions.
5 Click the plus (+) sign.
6 Specify an account you want to share, and then click Select.
7 Set the Privilege of the account to Read & Write.
8 Repeat steps 5 to 7 as needed, and then close the window.
9 Open System Preferences, and then click Sharing.
10 Select the File Sharing check box, and then click Options.
11 Select the Share files and folders using SMB (Share files and folders using SMB
(Windows) for Mac OS X 10.6) check box and your account name.
12 Enter your account password, and then click OK.
13 Click Done.
When Using FTP
For a destination to store the document, contact your system administrator.
218 Scanning
„
Configuring the Printer Settings
You can configure the printer settings to use the Scan to Server/Computer feature with the
CentreWare Internet Services or Address Book Editor .
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
From the
CentreWare Internet Services
1 Launch your web browser.
2 Enter the IP address of the printer in the address bar, and then press the Enter key.
The printer's web page appears.
NOTE:
•
.
3 Click the Address Book tab.
If user name and password are required, enter the correct user name and password.
NOTE:
• The default User ID and password are 11111 and x-admin respectively.
4 Under Network Scan (Comp./Serv.), click Computer/Server Address Book.
Scanning 219
5 Select any unused number and click Add.
The Add Network Scan Address page appears.
4
5
1
2
3
6
7
8
9
To fill in the fields, enter the information as follows:
1
2
Name (Displayed on
Printer)
Network Type
Enter a friendly name that you want it to appear on the Address Book .
Select Server FTP if you use a FTP server.
Select Computer SMB if you store the document in a shared folder of your computer.
220 Scanning
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Host Address (IP
Address or DNS Name)
Port Number
Login Name (if required by host)
Login Password
Re-enter Password
Name of Shared
Directory
Subdirectory Path
(optional)
Enter a server name or IP address of your computer or the FTP server that you have shared out.
The following are examples:
• For Server FTP:
Server name: myhost.example.com
(myhost: host name, example.com: domain name)
IP address: 192.168.1.100
• For Computer SMB:
Server name: myhost
IP address: 192.168.1.100
Enter the server port number. If you are unsure, you can enter the default value of 21 for FTP and 139 for SMB.
Enter the user account name that has access to the shared folder on your computer or FTP server.
Enter the password corresponding to the above login name.
NOTE:
• Empty password is not valid in the Scan to Computer feature.
Make sure that you have a valid password for the user login account. (See
account.)
Re-enter your password.
For Computer SMB only.
On the Windows operating system, enter the share name of the folder to store the scanned document on the recipient computer.
On the Mac OS, enter the folder name to store the scanned document on the recipient computer.
For Computer SMB
To store the scanned document in the share folder directly without creating any subfolder, leave the space blank.
To store the scanned document in the folder you created under the share folder, enter the path as following.
Example: Share Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name:
MyPic, Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\Mypic\John in your directory.
MyShare (Share folder)
MyPic
John
In this case, enter the following item.
Server Path : \MyPic\John
For Server FTP
Enter the server path to store the scanned document.
After you configured settings, go to
"Sending the Scanned File to the Network" on page 225
.
Scanning 221
From the
Address Book Editor
1 Click start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Address Book Editor.
NOTE:
• The window to select a device appears when multiple fax drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of the desired printer listed in Device Name.
• The Enter Password window appears when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable. In this case, enter the password you specified, and click OK.
2 Click OK on the "Retrieval Successful" message window.
3 Click Tool → New (Device Address Book) → Server.
The Server Address window appears.
222 Scanning
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
To fill in the fields, enter the information as follows:
1
2
3
4
5
Name
Server Type
Computer Settings wizard
Server Name / IP
Address
Share Name
Enter a friendly name that you want it to appear on the Address Book .
Select Computer if you store the document in a shared folder of your computer.
Select Server if you use a FTP server.
For Computer only.
Clicking this button opens the wizard screen which guides you through several steps.
When you complete the steps in the wizard, the settings for Server
Address are automatically configured. For details, click the Help button.
Enter a server name or IP address of your computer or the FTP server that you have shared out.
The following are examples:
• For Computer:
Server name: myhost
IP address: 192.168.1.100
• For Server:
Server name: myhost.example.com
(myhost: host name, example.com: domain name)
IP address: 192.168.1.100
For Computer only.
Enter the name of the shared folder on the recipient computer.
Scanning 223
6
7
8
Path
Login Name
Login Password
For Computer
To store the scanned document in the share folder directly without creating any subfolder, leave the space blank.
To store the scanned document in the folder you created under the share folder, enter the path as following.
Example: Share Folder name: MyShare, Second-level folder name:
MyPic, Third-level folder name: John
You should now see MyShare\MyPic\John in your directory.
MyShare (Share folder)
MyPic
John
In this case, enter the following item.
Path : \MyPic\John
For Server
Enter the path to store the scanned document.
Enter the user account name that has access to the shared folder on your computer or FTP server.
Enter the password corresponding to the above login name.
NOTE:
• Empty password is not valid in the Scan to Server/Computer feature. Make sure that you have a valid password for the user login account. (See
account).
Re-enter your password.
9 Confirm Login
Password
Port Number 10 Enter the port number. If you are unsure, you can enter the default value of 139 for SMB and 21 for FTP.
After you configured settings, go to
"Sending the Scanned File to the Network" on page 225
.
224 Scanning
„
Sending the Scanned File to the Network
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Scan) button.
3 Select Scan to Network, and then press the button.
4 Select Scan to, and then press the button.
5 Select Computer(Network) or Server(FTP), or Search Address Book, and then press
Computer(Network): Stores the scanned image on the computer by using the SMB protocol.
Server(FTP): Stores the scanned image on the server by using the FTP protocol.
Search Address Book: Select the server address registered in Address Book .
6 Select the destination to store the scanned file in, and then press the button.
7 Select scanning options as required.
8 Press the (Start) button to send the scanned files.
Scanning 225
Scanning to a USB Storage Device
The Scan to USB Memory feature allows you to scan documents and save the scanned data to a USB storage device. To scan documents and save them, follow the steps below:
1 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, load the top edge of document(s) first with facing up into the ADF or place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover .
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, place a single document facing down on the document glass , and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Insert the USB storage device into the USB drive on your printer.
USB Memory appears.
3 Select Scan to, and then press the button.
4 Select Save to USB Drive or a folder to save file, and then press the
5 Select scanning options as required.
6 Press the (Start) button.
When the scan is complete, the display prompts you for another page. Select No or Yes, and then press the button.
If you select Yes, select Continue or Cancel, and then press the button.
226 Scanning
Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
To send an e-mail attached with the scanned image from your printer, follow the steps below:
• Setup the E-mail Address Book through the CentreWare Internet Services . See
"Setting a Fax/Email Address Book" on page 227 for more details.
„
Setting a Fax/E-mail Address Book
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
1 Launch your web browser.
2 Enter the IP address of the printer in the address bar, and then press the Enter key.
The printer's web page appears.
NOTE:
•
.
3 Click the Address Book tab.
If user name and password are required, enter the correct user name and password.
NOTE:
• The default User ID and password are 11111 and x-admin respectively.
4 Under Fax / E-mail, click Personal Address.
Scanning 227
5 Select any unused number and click Add.
The Add Personal Address page appears.
6 Enter a name, phone number and e-mail address in the Name, Phone Number and E-mail
Address fields.
7 Click the Apply button.
228 Scanning
„
Sending an E-mail With the Scanned File
NOTE:
• To use the Scan to E-mail function, you first need to set up your SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) server information. SMTP is a protocol for sending e-mail. For details, refer to the Setup Guide .
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass .
See also:
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 166
• "Making Copies From the Document Glass" on page 164
2 Press the (Scan) button.
3 Select Scan to E-Mail, and then press the button.
4 Select E-Mail to, and then press the button.
5 Select the setting listed below, and then press the button.
Keypad: Enter the e-mail address directly and then press the button.
Address Book: Select the e-mail address registered in the E-mail Address Book , and then press the button.
E-Mail Group: Select the e-mail group registered in the E-mail Groups, and then press the button.
Search Address Book: Enter a text to search from the E-mail Address Book , and then press the button. Select the e-mail address from the list, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Users need to be registered before you can select Address Book on the operator panel .
6 Select scanning options as required.
7 Press the (Start) button to send e-mail.
Scanning 229
Adjusting Scanning Options
This section includes:
• "Adjusting the Default Scan Settings" on page 231
• "Changing the Scan Settings for an Individual Job" on page 233
230 Scanning
„
Adjusting the Default Scan Settings
This section includes:
• "Setting the Scanned Image File Type" on page 231
• "Setting the Color Mode" on page 231
• "Setting the Scan Resolution" on page 232
• "Setting the Original Size" on page 232
• "Automatically Suppressing Background Variations" on page 232
For a complete list of all of the defaults settings, see
"Defaults Settings" on page 325
.
Setting the Scanned Image File Type
To specify the file type of the scanned image:
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select Scan Defaults, and then press the button.
4 Select File Format, and then press the button.
5 Select the type, and then press the button.
Available types:
• PDF (factory default)
• TIFF
• JPEG
Setting the Color Mode
You can scan an image in color or in black and white. Selecting black and white significantly reduces the file size of the scanned images. An image scanned in color will have a larger file size than the same image scanned in black and white.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select Scan Defaults, and then press the button.
4 Select Color, and then press the button.
5 Select one of the following options, and then press the button.
• Black & White: Scans in black and white mode. This is available only when File Format is set to PDF or TIFF.
• Color: Scans in color mode. (factory default)
Scanning 231
Setting the Scan Resolution
You may want to change the scan resolution depending on the way you plan to use the scanned image. Scan resolution affects both the size and image quality of the scanned image file. The higher the scan resolution, the larger the file size.
To select the scan resolution:
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select Scan Defaults, and then press the button.
4 Select Resolution, and then press the button.
5 Select one of the following options, and then press the button:
• 200 × 200dpi: Produces the lowest resolution and smallest file size. (factory default)
• 300 × 300dpi: Produces medium resolution and a medium file size.
• 400 × 400dpi: Produces high resolution and a large file size.
• 600 × 600dpi: Produces the highest resolution and largest file size.
Setting the Original Size
To specify the size of the original:
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select Scan Defaults, and then press the button.
4 Select Document Size, and then press the button.
5 Select a specific paper size to determine the area to be scanned, and then press the button.
The factory default setting is A4 (210 × 297mm).
Automatically Suppressing Background Variations
When scanning document has light grey background such as newspapers, the printer automatically can detect the background and whiten it when outputting the image.
To turn on/off automatic suppression:
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select Scan Defaults, and then press the button.
4 Select Auto Exposure, and then press the button.
5 Select either On or Off, and then press the button.
The factory default setting is On.
232 Scanning
„
Changing the Scan Settings for an Individual Job
Scanning to a Computer
• For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
1 Press the (Scan) button.
2 Select Scan to Network, and then press the button.
3 Select Scan to, and then press the button.
4 Select Computer (Network), and then press the button.
5 Select the destination computer, and then press the button.
6 Select the desired setting or enter the value using the numeric keypad , and then press the button.
7 Repeat steps 5 and 6 as needed.
8 Press the (Start) button to begin the scan.
• For the DocuPrint CM215 b
1 Press the (Scan) button.
2 Select Scan to Computer(USB), and then press the button.
3 Select the destination computer, and then press the button.
4 Select the desired menu item, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired setting or enter the value using the numeric keypad and then press the button.
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 as needed.
7 Press the (Start) button to begin the scan.
Scanning 233
Emailing the Scanned Image (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
To temporarily change a scan setting when emailing the scanned image:
1 Press the (Scan) button.
2 Select Scan to E-Mail, and then press the button.
3 Select the e-mail destination, and then press the button.
4 Select the desired menu item, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired setting or enter the value using the numeric keypad , and then press the button.
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 , as needed.
7 Press the (Start) button to begin the scan.
234 Scanning
8
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
Only)
This chapter includes:
• "Connecting the Telephone Line" on page 236
• "Configuring Fax Initial Settings" on page 238
• "Sending a Delayed Fax" on page 254
• "Sending a Fax from the Driver (Direct Fax)" on page 255
• "Receiving a Fax" on page 261
• "Automatic Dialing" on page 271
• "Other Ways to Fax" on page 280
• "Setting Sounds" on page 284
• "Specifying the Fax Settings" on page 287
• "Changing Setting Options" on page 292
• "Printing a Report" on page 293
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 235
Connecting the Telephone Line
IMPORTANT:
• Warnings in PTC200
General warning
"The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty.
Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom's network services."
Warnings taken from Specification text.
4.5.1 Off-hook line impedance
(4)
"This equipment does not fully meet Telecom's impedance requirements. Performance limitations may occur when used in conjunction with some parts of the network. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances."
4.9.3 Non-voice equipment
"This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct at the higher speeds for which it is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances."
5.6.1
(3)
"This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom '111' Emergency
Service."
5.5.5
(4)
"If a charge for local calls is unacceptable, the 'Dial' button should NOT be used for local calls.
Only the 7-digits of the local number should be dialled from your telephone. DO NOT dial the area code digit or the '0' prefix."
8.1.7
(b)
"This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom '111' Emergency
Service."
NOTE:
• Do not connect your printer directly to a DSL (digital subscriber line). This may damage the printer. To use a
DSL, you will need to use an appropriate DSL filter. Contact your service provider for the DSL filter.
236 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
1 Plug one end of a telephone line cord to the wall jack connector and the other end to an active wall jack.
Wall jack connector
To the wall jack
2 To connect a telephone and/or answering machine to your printer, plug the telephone or answering machine line cord into the phone connector ( ).
Phone connector
To an external telephone or answering machine
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 237
Configuring Fax Initial Settings
This section includes:
• "Setting Your Region" on page 239
• "Setting the Printer ID" on page 240
• "Setting the Time and Date" on page 241
• "Changing the Clock Mode" on page 242
NOTE:
• The following settings can be configured also using Advance Tools on Easy Install Navi.
238 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Setting Your Region
You need to set the region where your printer is used for using the fax service on the printer.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Fax Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Region, and then press the button.
5 Select the region where the printer is used, and then press the button.
6 Confirm that Restart System is displayed, select Yes, and then press the button.
The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings.
NOTE:
• When you configure the region setting, the information, which is registered to the device, is initialized.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 239
„
Setting the Printer ID
You may be required to indicate your fax number on any fax you send. The printer ID, containing your telephone number and name or company name, will be printed at the top of each page sent from your printer.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Fax Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Fax Number, and then press the button.
5 Enter your fax number using the numeric keypad .
NOTE:
• If you make a mistake while entering numbers, press the C (Clear) button to delete the last digit.
6 Press the button when the number on the LCD panel is correct.
7 Select Fax Header Name, and then press the button.
8 Enter your name or company name using the numeric keypad .
You can enter alphanumeric characters using the numeric keypad , including special symbols by pressing the 1, *, and # buttons.
For details on how to use the numeric keypad to enter alphanumeric characters, see
.
9 Press the button when the name on the LCD panel is correct.
10 To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
240 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Setting the Time and Date
NOTE:
• It may be necessary to reset the correct time and date if loss of power to the printer occurs.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select System Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Date & Time, and then press the button.
5 Select Set Date, and then press the button.
6 Enter the correct date using the numeric keypad , or select the correct date.
NOTE:
• If you make a mistake while entering numbers, press the button to re-enter the digit.
7 Press the button when the date on the LCD panel is correct.
8 Select Set Time, and then press the button.
9 Enter the correct time using the numeric keypad , or select the correct time.
10 Press the button when the time on the LCD panel is correct.
11 To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 241
„
Changing the Clock Mode
You can set the current time using either the 12-hour or the 24-hour format.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select System Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Date & Time, and then press the button.
5 Select Time Format, and then press the button.
6 Select the desired format, and then press the button.
7 To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
242 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Sending a Fax
You can fax data from your printer.
This section includes:
• "Loading an Original Document on the ADF" on page 244
• "Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass" on page 245
• "Lighter/Darker" on page 248
• "Inserting a Pause" on page 249
• "Sending a Fax Automatically" on page 250
• "Sending a Fax Manually" on page 251
• "Confirming Transmissions" on page 252
• "Automatic Redialing" on page 253
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 243
„
Loading an Original Document on the ADF
IMPORTANT:
• Do not load more than 15 sheets into the automatic document feeder ( ADF ) or allow more than 15 sheets to be fed to the document output tray . The document output tray should be emptied before it exceeds 15 sheets or your original documents may be damaged.
NOTE:
• To get the best scan quality, especially for gray scale images, use the document glass instead of the ADF .
• You cannot load the following documents in the ADF . Be sure to place them on the document glass .
Curled originals
Lightweight originals
Cut and paste originals
Pre-punched paper
Folded, creased or torn originals
Carbon paper
1 Place the document(s) facing up on the ADF with the top edge of the documents in first. Then adjust the document guides to the correct document size.
2 Adjust the document resolution, referring to
244 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass
1 Open the document cover .
2 Place the document facing down on the document glass and align it with the registration guide on the top left corner of the document glass .
CAUTION:
• Do not apply excessive force to hold thick document on the document glass. It may break the glass and cause injuries.
3 Adjust the document resolution, referring to
4 Close the document cover .
NOTE:
• Make sure that no document is in the ADF . If any document is detected in the ADF , it takes priority over the document on the document glass .
• If you are faxing a page from a book or magazine, lift the document cover until its hinges are caught by the stopper and then close the document cover . If the book or magazine is thicker than 20 mm, start faxing with the document cover open.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 245
„
Resolution
To specify the resolution level to be used for fax transmission:
1 Press the (Fax) button.
2 Select Resolution, and then press the button.
3 Select the desired menu item, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Standard *
Fine
Super Fine
Suitable for documents with normal sized characters.
Suitable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.
Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail. The Super
Fine mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports the super fine resolution.
Suitable for documents containing photographic images.
Ultra Fine
NOTE:
• Faxes scanned in the Super Fine mode transmit at the highest resolution supported by the receiving device.
246 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Original Type
To select the default document type for the current fax job:
1 Press the (Fax) button.
2 Select Original Type, and then press the button.
3 Select the desired setting, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Text *
Photo
Suitable for documents with text.
Suitable for documents with photos.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 247
„
Lighter/Darker
To adjust the contrast to make the fax lighter or darker than the original:
1 Press the (Fax) button.
2 Select Lighter/Darker, and then press the button.
3 Select the desired setting, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Makes the fax lighter than the original. Works well with dark print.
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal *
Darker1
Darker2
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Makes the fax darker than the original. Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
248 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Inserting a Pause
For some telephone systems, it is necessary to dial an access code and listen for a second dial tone.
A pause must be entered in order for the access code to function. For example, enter the access code
9 and then press the (Redial/Pause) button before entering the telephone number. "-" appears on the LCD panel to indicate when a pause is entered.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 249
„
Sending a Fax Automatically
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Loading an Original Document on the ADF" on page 244
• "Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass" on page 245
2 Press the (Fax) button.
3 Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax documents.
See also:
• "Lighter/Darker" on page 248
4 You can select a fax number by one of the following way:
• Select Fax to, and then press the button. Select Keypad, and then press the button.
Enter the fax number of the remote fax machine using the numeric keypad , and then press the
button.
• Press the One-touch button, and then press the button.
• Press the (Address Book) button, select All Entries, Group Dial, or Search using the button, and then press the button.
All Entries
Group Dial
Search
Displays a list of registered fax numbers. Press the button to select the recipients, and then press the button.
Press the button to select the recipients, and then press the button.
Searches a fax number from the Address Book . Enter the text you want to search, and then press the button. Press the button to select the recipients, and then press the button.
• Press the (Redial/Pause) button to redial, and then press the button.
• Press the (Speed Dial) button. Enter the speed dial number between 01 and 99 using the numeric keypad , and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Before you use the One-touch button, you need to register a number for any speed dial from 01 to 08.
.
5 Press the (Start) button.
When you are using the document glass , the display prompts you for another page. Select Yes or No, and then press the button.
If you select Yes, place the next page on the document glass , select Continue and then press button.
6 The number is dialed and then the printer begins sending the fax when the remote fax machine is ready.
NOTE:
• Press the (Stop) button to cancel the fax job at any time while sending the fax.
250 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Sending a Fax Manually
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Loading an Original Document on the ADF" on page 244
• "Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass" on page 245
2 Press the (Fax) button.
3 Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs.
See also:
• "Lighter/Darker" on page 248
4 Select OnHook, and then press the button.
5 Select On, and then press the button.
6 Enter the fax number by one of the following way.
• Select Fax to, and then press the button. Select Keypad, and then press the button.
Enter the fax number of the remote fax machine using the numeric keypad , and then press the
button.
• Press the One-touch button, and then press the button.
• Press the (Address Book) button, select All Entries, Group Dial, or Search using the button, and then press the button.
• If the document is loaded on the ADF , press the (Start) button.
• If the document is not loaded on the ADF , press the (Start) button, select the desired setting, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• Press the (Stop) button to cancel the fax job at any time while sending the fax.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 251
„
Confirming Transmissions
When the last page of your document has been sent successfully, the printer beeps and returns to the standby mode.
If something goes wrong while sending your fax, an error message appears on the LCD panel .
If you receive an error message, press the button to clear the message and try to send the document again.
You can set your printer to print a confirmation report automatically after each fax transmission.
See also:
252 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Automatic Redialing
If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer when you send a fax, the printer will automatically redial the number every minute based on the number set in the redial settings.
To change the time interval between redials and the number of redial attempts, see
and
"Number of Redial" on page 308
.
NOTE:
• The printer will not automatically redial a number that was busy when the number was manually entered.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 253
Sending a Delayed Fax
The Delayed Start mode can be used to save scanned documents for transmission at a specified time to take advantage of lower long distance rates.
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Loading an Original Document on the ADF" on page 244
• "Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass" on page 245
2 Press the (Fax) button.
3 Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs.
See also:
• "Lighter/Darker" on page 248
4 Select Delayed Start, and then press the button.
5 Select On, and then press the button.
6 Enter the start time using the numeric keypad or press the or button to select the start time, and then press the button.
7 Select Fax to, and then press the button.
8 Select Keypad, and then press the button.
9 Enter the fax number of the remote fax machine by one of the following way.
• Select Fax to, and then press the button. Select Keypad, and then press the button.
Enter the fax number of the remote fax machine using the numeric keypad , and then press the
button.
• Press the One-touch button, and then press the button.
• Press the (Address Book) button, select All Entries, Group Dial, or Search using the button, and then press the button.
See also:
• "Automatic Dialing" on page 271
10 Press the (Start) button.
Once the Delayed Start mode is activated, your printer stores all the documents to be faxed to its memory and sends them at the specified time. After faxing in the Delayed Start mode is complete, the data in the memory will be cleared.
254 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Sending a Fax from the Driver (Direct Fax)
You can send a fax directly from the computer running a Microsoft
®
Windows
®
operating system or
Mac OS X by using the driver.
NOTE:
• Only black and white faxes can be sent using Direct Fax.
This section includes:
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 255
„
For Windows
NOTE:
• The following procedure uses Windows 7 WordPad as an example. The names of the windows and the buttons may be different from those given in the following procedure depending on the OS and application you are using.
• To use this feature, you must install the fax driver.
See also:
• "Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Windows" on page 86
1 Open the file you want to send by fax.
2 Open the print window from the application, and then select your fax driver.
3 Click Preferences.
4 Specify the fax settings. For more information, click Help of the driver.
NOTE:
• The settings done here are only applied to a single fax job.
256 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
5 Click OK to close the Printing Preferences window.
6 Click Print.
The Set / Check Fax Transmission window appears.
7 Specify the destination for the recipient in one of the following ways:
• Enter a name and phone number directly.
• Select a recipient from the Phone Book ( PC Fax Address Book ) saved on your computer or
Address Book ( Device Address Book ).
• Select a recipient from a database other than the Phone Book ( PC Fax Address Book ) or
Address Book ( Device Address Book ).
For more information on how to specify the destination, click Help to see the Help of the fax driver.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 257
NOTE:
• Enter the password in the Password field in the Authorization area before sending a fax if the Fax service is locked with a password.
8 Click Start Sending.
258 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
For Mac OS X
NOTE:
• The following procedure uses Mac OS X 10.8 TextEdit as an example. The names of the windows and the buttons may be different from those given in the following procedure depending on the OS and application you are using.
• When using a USB connection on Mac OS X 10.4.11, upgrade Common Unix Printing System (CUPS) software to version 1.2.12 or later. You can download it from CUPS web site.
• To use this feature, you must install the fax driver.
See also:
• "Configuring Printer and Installing Software on Mac OS X" on page 107
1 Open the file you want to send by fax.
2 Open the print window from the application, and then select your fax driver.
3 Specify the fax settings.
NOTE:
• The settings done here are only applied to a single fax job.
4 Click Print.
The Fax Recipient window appears.
5 Specify the destination for the recipient in one of the following ways:
• Specify a recipient directly.
a Enter a name and phone number directly.
b Click Add to Recipient List.
OR b c
• Select a recipient from the Phone Book saved on your computer.
a Click Look Up Phone Book.
The Phone Book window appears.
Select a recipient and then click Add to Recipient List.
Click Close.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 259
NOTE:
• Enter the password in the Password field in the Authorization area before sending a fax if the Fax service is locked with a password.
6 Click OK.
260 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Receiving a Fax
This section includes:
• "About Receiving Modes" on page 262
• "Loading Paper for Receiving Faxes" on page 263
• "Receiving a Fax Automatically in the FAX" on page 264
• "Receiving a Fax Manually in the Telephone" on page 265
• "Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Telephone/Fax or Ans Machine/Fax" on page 266
• "Receiving a Fax Manually Using an External Telephone" on page 267
• "Receiving Faxes Using the DRPD Mode" on page 268
• "Receiving Faxes in the Memory" on page 269
• "Polling Receive" on page 270
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 261
„
About Receiving Modes
There are five receiving modes; FAX, Telephone, Telephone/Fax, Ans Machine/Fax, and DRPD.
NOTE:
• To use Telephone/Fax or Ans Machine/Fax, attach an external telephone or answering machine to the phone connector ( ) on the rear of your printer.
• When the memory is full, you cannot receive a fax. Delete any documents you no longer need from the memory.
See also:
• "Receiving a Fax Automatically in the FAX" on page 264
• "Receiving a Fax Manually in the Telephone" on page 265
• "Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Telephone/Fax or Ans Machine/Fax" on page 266
• "Using an Answering Machine" on page 282
• "Receiving Faxes Using the DRPD Mode" on page 268
262 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Loading Paper for Receiving Faxes
The instructions for loading paper in the priority sheet inserter ( PSI ) or multipurpose feeder ( MPF ) are the same whether you are printing, faxing, or copying, except that faxes can only be printed on Letter-
, A4-, or Legal-sized paper.
See also:
• "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 123
• "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 131
• "Setting Paper Sizes and Types" on page 142
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 263
„
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the FAX
Your printer is preset to FAX at the factory.
If you receive a fax, the printer automatically goes into the fax receive mode after a specified period of time and receives the fax.
To change the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after receiving an incoming
call, see "Auto Rec Fax" on page 306 .
264 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Receiving a Fax Manually in the Telephone
You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of the external telephone, and then pressing the
(Start) button.
The printer begins receiving a fax and returns to the standby mode when the reception is completed.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 265
„
Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Telephone/Fax or
Ans Machine/Fax
To use Telephone/Fax or Ans Machine/Fax, you must attach an external telephone to the phone connector ( ) on the rear of your printer.
In the Telephone/Fax, if the printer receives an incoming fax, the external telephone rings for the time specified in Auto Rec TEL/FAX, and then the printer automatically receives a fax.
In the Ans Machine/Fax, if the caller leaves a message, the answering machine stores the message as it would normally. If your printer hears a fax tone on the line, it automatically starts to receive a fax.
NOTE:
• If you have set Auto Rec Fax and your answering machine is turned off, or no answering machine is connected to your printer, your printer will automatically go into the fax receive mode after a predefined time.
See also:
• "Using an Answering Machine" on page 282
266 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Receiving a Fax Manually Using an External Telephone
This feature works best when you are using an external telephone connected to the phone connector
( ) on the rear of your printer. You can receive a fax from someone you are talking to on the external telephone without having to go to the printer.
When you receive a call on the external telephone and hear fax tones, press the two-digit keys on the external telephone, or set OnHook to Off and then press the (Start) button.
The printer receives the document.
Press the buttons slowly in sequence. If you still hear the fax tone from the remote machine, try pressing the two-digit keys once again.
Remote Receive is set to Off at the factory. You can change the two-digit number to whatever you choose. For details on changing the code, see
"Remote Rcv Tone" on page 308 .
NOTE:
• Set the dialing system of your external telephone to DTMF.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 267
„
Receiving Faxes Using the DRPD Mode
The Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) is a telephone company service which enables a user to use a single telephone line to answer several different telephone numbers. The particular number someone uses to call you on is identified by different ringing patterns, which consist of various combinations of long and short ringing sounds.
Before using the DRPD option, Distinctive Ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company. To set up DRPD, you will need another telephone line at your location, or someone available to dial your fax number from outside.
To set up the DRPD:
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Fax Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select DRPD Pattern, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired menu item, and then press the button.
6 Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on.
To receive faxes in the DRPD, you need to set the menu to DRPD Mode. For more details, see
Your printer provides seven DRPD patterns. If this service is available from your telephone company, ask your telephone company which pattern you need to select to use this service.
See also:
268 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Receiving Faxes in the Memory
Since your printer is a multi-tasking device, it can receive faxes while you are making copies or printing. If you receive a fax while you are copying, printing, or run out of paper or toner, your printer stores incoming faxes in the memory. Then, as soon as you finish copying, printing, or re-supply the toner cartridges , the printer automatically prints the fax.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 269
„
Polling Receive
You can receive faxes from the remote fax machine when you want to receive it.
1 Press the (Fax) button.
2 Select Polling Receive, and then press the button.
3 Select On, and then press the button.
4 Enter the fax number of the remote machine, and then press the button.
NOTE:
•
For information on how to enter the fax number of the remote machine, see "Sending a Fax
5 Press the (Start) button.
270 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Automatic Dialing
This section includes:
• "Storing a Number for Speed Dialing" on page 273
• "Sending a Fax Using a Speed Dial" on page 274
• "Setting Group Dial" on page 276
• "Editing Group Dial" on page 277
• "Sending a Fax Using Group Dialing (Multi-address Transmission)" on page 278
• "Printing an Address Book List" on page 279
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 271
„
Speed Dialing
You can store up to 99 frequently dialed numbers in speed dial locations (01– 99).
When the speed dial job specified in the delayed fax or redial exists, you cannot change the speed dial number from the operator panel or CentreWare Internet Services .
272 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Storing a Number for Speed Dialing
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Phone Book, and then press the button.
4 Select Speed Dial, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired speed dial number displayed as Not in Used between 01 and 99, and then press the button.
6 Select Name, and then press the button.
7 Enter the name, and then press the button.
8 Select Fax Number, and then press the button.
9 Enter the phone number you want to store using the numeric keypad , and then press the button.
To insert a pause between numbers, press the the LCD panel .
(Redial/Pause) button. "-" appears on
10 Select Apply Settings, and then press the button.
11 Confirm that Are You Sure? is displayed, select Yes, and then press the button.
12 To store more fax numbers, repeat steps 5 to 11 .
13 To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 273
„
Sending a Fax Using a Speed Dial
1 Load the document(s) facing up with top edge in first into the ADF or place a single document facing down on the document glass and close the document cover .
See also:
• "Loading an Original Document on the ADF" on page 244
• "Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass" on page 245
2 To enter the speed dial number, do either of the following after pressing the (Fax) button:
• Select Fax to, and then press the button. Select Speed Dial, and then press the button.
• Press the (Speed Dial) button.
3 Enter the speed dial number between 01 and 99 using the numeric keypad .
The corresponding entry's name briefly appears on the LCD panel .
4 Press the button.
5 Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs.
See also:
• "Lighter/Darker" on page 248
6 Press the (Start) button.
7 The document scans to the memory.
When you are using the document glass , the display prompts you for another page. Select Yes to add more documents or to select No to begin sending the fax immediately, and then press the
button.
8 The fax number stored in the speed dial location is automatically dialed. The document is sent when the remote fax machine answers.
NOTE:
• Using the asterisk (*) in the first digit, you can send a document to multiple locations. For example, if you enter
0*, you can send a document to the locations registered between 01 and 09.
274 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Group Dialing
If you frequently send the same document to several destinations, you can create a group of these destinations. You can create up to six groups. This enables you to use a group dial number setting to send the same document to all the destinations in the group.
NOTE:
• You cannot include one group dial number within another group dial number.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 275
„
Setting Group Dial
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Phone Book, and then press the button.
4 Select Group Dial, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired group dial number between 01 and 06, and then press the button.
6 Select Name, and then press the button.
7 Enter the name, and then press the button.
8 Select Speed Dial No, and then press the button.
9 Select the speed dial numbers, and then press the button.
10 Select Apply Settings, and then press the button.
11 Confirm that Are You Sure? is displayed, select Yes, and then press the button.
12 To store more group dial numbers, repeat steps 5 to 11 .
13 To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
276 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Editing Group Dial
You can delete a specific speed dial number from a selected group or add a new number to the selected group.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Phone Book, and then press the button.
4 Select Group Dial, and then press the button.
5 Select the group dial number that you want to edit, and then press the button.
6 To change the speed dial number: a Select Speed Dial No, and then press the button.
b c d
Select or deselect the desired speed dial number. Press the button.
Select Apply Settings, and then press the button.
Confirm that Are You Sure? is displayed, select Yes, and then press the button.
7 To change the group dial name: a b
Select Name, and then press the button.
Enter a new name, and then press the button.
c d
Select Apply Settings, and then press the button.
Confirm that Are You Sure? is displayed, select Yes, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• When you delete the last speed dial in a group, the group itself is not deleted.
8 To delete the group dial: a b
Press the C (Clear) button.
Confirm that Are You Sure? is displayed, select Yes, and then press the button.
9 If you want to edit another group dial number or enter a new group dial number, repeat steps 5 to
8 .
10 To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 277
„
Sending a Fax Using Group Dialing (Multi-address
Transmission)
You can use group dialing for broadcasting or delayed transmissions.
Follow the procedure of the desired operation (For delayed transmission, see
You can use one or more group numbers in one operation. Then continue the procedure to complete the desired operation.
Your printer automatically scans the document loaded in the ADF or on the document glass into the memory. The printer dials each of the numbers included in the group.
278 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Printing an Address Book List
You can check your automatic dial setting by printing an Address Book List .
NOTE:
• The list is printed in English.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Report / List, and then press the button.
3 Select Address Book, and then press the button.
A list of your speed dial and group dial entries is printed.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 279
Other Ways to Fax
This section includes:
• "Using the Secure Receiving Mode" on page 281
• "Using an Answering Machine" on page 282
• "Using a Computer Modem" on page 283
280 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Using the Secure Receiving Mode
You may need to prevent your received faxes from being accessed by unauthorized people. You can turn on the secure receiving mode using the Secure Receive option to restrict printing out all of the received faxes when the printer is unattended. In the secure receiving mode, all incoming faxes will get saved in the memory. When the mode turns off, any faxes stored will be printed.
NOTE:
• Before operation, make sure that Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.
To turn the secure receiving mode on:
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Enter the password for Panel Lock, and then press the button.
4 Select Secure Settings, and then press the button.
5 Select Secure Receive, and then press the button.
6 Select Secure Receive Set, and then press the button.
7 Select Enable, and then press the button.
NOTE:
• The factory-default password is 0000.
8 To return to the standby mode, press the (System) button.
When a fax is received in the secure receiving mode, your printer stores it into memory and the
Job Status screen displays Secure Receive to let you know that there is a fax stored.
NOTE:
• If you change the password while Secure Receive Set is set to Enable, perform steps 1 to 5 . Select
Change Password, and then press the button. Enter the new password, and then press the button.
To print received documents:
1 Press the (Job Status) button.
2 Select Secure Receive, and then press the button.
3 Enter the password, and then press the button.
The faxes stored in memory are printed.
To turn the secure receiving mode off:
1 Access the Secure Receive Set menu by following steps 1 to 6 mentioned above in "
To turn the secure receiving mode on: ".
2 Select Disable, and then press the button.
3 To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 281
„
Using an Answering Machine
Printer
Line
To the wall jack
Telephone Answering Device Phone
You can connect a telephone answering device (TAD) directly to the rear of your printer as shown above.
• Set your printer to Ans Machine/Fax and set Auto Rec Ans/FAX to specify the time for the
TAD to respond.
• When the TAD picks up the call, the printer monitors and takes the line if fax tones are received and then starts receiving the fax.
• If the answering device is off, the printer automatically goes into the fax receive mode after the ring tone sounds for a predefined time.
• If you answer the call and hear fax tones, the printer will answer the fax call if you
– Set OnHook to On (you can hear voice or fax tones from the remote machine), and then press the (Start) button and hang up the receiver.
– Press the two-digit remote receive code and hang up the receiver.
282 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Using a Computer Modem
Printer
Line
Telephone Answering Device Phone
To the internet
Computer
If you want to use your computer modem for faxing or for a dial-up internet connection, connect the computer modem directly to the rear of your printer with the TAD as shown above.
• Set your printer to Ans Machine/Fax and set Auto Rec Ans/FAX to specify the time for the
TAD to respond.
• Turn off the computer modem's fax-receive feature.
• Do not use the computer modem if your printer is sending or receiving a fax.
• Follow the instructions provided with your computer modem and fax application to fax via the computer modem.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 283
Setting Sounds
This section includes:
• "Speaker Volume" on page 285
284 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Speaker Volume
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Fax Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Line Monitor, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired volume, and then press the button.
6 Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 285
„
Ringer Volume
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Fax Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Ring Tone Volume, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired volume, and then press the button.
6 Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on.
286 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Specifying the Fax Settings
This section includes:
• "Changing the Fax Settings Options" on page 288
• "Available Fax Setting Options" on page 289
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 287
„
Changing the Fax Settings Options
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Fax Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select the desired menu item, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired setting or enter the value using the numeric keypad .
6 Press the button to save the selection.
7 If necessary, repeat steps 4 to 6 .
8 To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
For details on available menu items, see "Available Fax Setting Options" on page 289 .
288 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
„
Available Fax Setting Options
You can use the following setting options for configuring the fax system:
Option
Receive Mode
Auto Rec Fax
Auto Rec
TEL/FAX
Auto Rec
Ans/FAX
Line Monitor
Telephone
Description
Automatic fax reception is turned off. You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of the external telephone, pressing the remote receive code, and then pressing the (Start) button.
FAX * Automatically receives faxes.
Telephone/Fax When the printer receives an incoming fax, the external telephone rings for the time specified in Auto Rec TEL/FAX, and then the printer automatically receives a fax. If an incoming call is not a fax, the printer beeps from the internal speaker indicating that the call is a telephone call.
Ans
Machine/Fax
DRPD
The printer can share a telephone line with an answering machine. In this mode, the printer will monitor the fax signal and pick up the line if there are fax tones. If the phone communication is using serial transmission in your region, this mode is not supported.
Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) option, a distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company. After the telephone company has provided a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern, configure the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern.
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after receiving an incoming call.
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external telephone receives an incoming call.
Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external answering machine receives an incoming call.
Sets the volume of the line monitor, which audibly monitors a transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is made.
Sets the volume of the ring tone, which indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call through the internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to Telephone/Fax.
Sets the line type.
Ring Tone
Volume
Line Type
Tone/Pulse Sets the dialing type.
NOTE:
• This menu is not displayed when Region is set to Australia.
Interval Timer Specifies the interval between transmission attempts.
Number of
Redial
Specifies the number of redial attempts to make when the destination fax number is busy. If you enter 0, the printer will not redial.
Redial Delay Specifies the interval between redial attempts.
Junk Fax Setup Sets whether to reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers by accepting faxes only from the fax numbers registered in the Address Book .
Remote Receive Sets whether to receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone.
Remote Rcv
Tone
Specifies the remote receive code in two digits to start Remote Receive .
Fax Header Sets whether to print the information of sender on the header of faxes.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 289
Option Description
Fax Header
Name
Sets the name of sender to be printed on the header of faxes. Up to 30 alphanumeric characters can be entered.
Fax Number Sets the fax number of the printer to be printed on the header of faxes.
Fax Cover Page Sets whether to attach a cover page to faxes.
DRPD Pattern Sets the DRPD setting from Pattern1 to Pattern7. DRPD is a service provided by some telephone companies.
Forward
Settings
Select how you want to forward received faxes.
Fax Fwd Number Enter the forwarding fax number when you have selected Forward Only or Forward and Print for Forward Settings.
Fax Fwd E-Mail Enter the forwarding e-mail address when you have selected E-Mail and Print for
Forward Settings.
Forward
Settings
Select how you want to forward received faxes.
Fax Fwd Number Enter the forwarding fax number when you have selected Forward Only or Forward and Print for Forward Settings.
Fax Fwd E-Mail Enter the forwarding e-mail address when you have selected E-Mail and Print for
Forward Settings.
Prefix Dial
Prefix Dial
Num
Specifies whether to set a prefix dial number.
Sets a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This number dials before any auto dial number is started. It is useful for accessing the Private Automatic Branch Exchange
(PABX).
Discard Size
ECM
Sets whether to discard text or images at the bottom of a fax page when the entire page does not fit onto the output paper. Selecting Auto Reduction automatically reduces the fax page to fit it onto the output paper, and does not discard any images or text at the bottom of the page.
Sets whether to enable the ECM. To use the ECM, the remote machines must also support the ECM.
Extel Hook
Thresh
You can select the external telephone hook detection threshold for the condition in which a telephone line is not being used.
Modem Speed
Fax Activity
Specifies the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error occurs.
Sets whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications.
Fax Transmit Sets whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs.
Fax Broadcast Sets whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission to multiple destinations or only when an error occurs.
Region Sets the region where the printer is used.
290 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
• Prefix Dial
NOTE:
• Prefix Dial only supports the environment where you send a fax to the external line number. To use
Prefix Dial, you must do the following from the operator panel .
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Fax Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Line Type, and then press the button.
5 Select PBX, and then press the button.
6 Press the (Back) button to return to the previous menu.
7 Select Prefix Dial, and then press the button.
8 Select On, and then press the button.
9 Press the (Back) button to return to the previous menu.
10 Select Prefix Dial Num, and then press the button.
11 Enter an up-to-five-digit prefix number from 0–9, *, and #.
12 Press the button when the prefix dial number on the LCD panel is correct.
13 Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on.
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 291
Changing Setting Options
The fax menu options can be set to the most frequently used modes.
To create your own default settings:
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Defaults Settings, and then press the button.
3 Select Fax Defaults, and then press the button.
4 Select the desired menu item, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired setting or enter the value using the numeric keypad , and then press the button.
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 , as needed.
7 To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
292 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Printing a Report
The following reports may be useful when using fax:
• Address Book List
This list shows all the addresses currently stored in the memory of the printer as Address Book information.
• Fax Activity Report
This report shows information about the recent 50 faxes you received or sent.
• Protocol Monitor
This report shows the status of the protocol when the latest fax was being sent.
• Monitor Report
This report shows the details of a fax job. This is printed when the fax was successfully sent.
• Transmission Report
This report shows the details of a fax job. This is printed when the fax transmission failed.
• Fax Broadcast Report
This report shows all the destinations of a broadcast fax and the transmission result for each destination.
NOTE:
• The reports and lists are all printed in English.
To print a report or list:
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Report / List, and then press the button.
3 Select the report or list you want to print, and then press the button.
The selected report or list is printed.
NOTE:
• You cannot manually print Monitor Report, Transmission Report or Fax Broadcast Report using the procedure above. They are printed after a fax job completed according to the setting. For details on the setting of when to
print them, see "Fax Transmit" on page 312
or
Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only) 293
294 Faxing (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
9
Using the Operator Panel Menus and
Keypad
This chapter includes:
• "Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 296
• "Panel Lock Function" on page 338
• "Limiting Access to Printer Operations" on page 341
• "Setting the Time for the Power Saver Mode" on page 342
• "Resetting to Factory Defaults" on page 343
• "Using the Numeric Keypad" on page 344
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 295
Understanding the Printer Menus
This section describes menu options that can be accessed by pressing the (System) button on the operator panel .
This section includes:
• "Report / List" on page 297 .
• "Meter Readings" on page 298 .
.
• "Defaults Settings" on page 325
.
• "Tray Settings" on page 335 .
• "Panel Language" on page 337
.
NOTE:
• The access to Admin Menu and Report / List can be limited with a password by enabling the Panel
Lock
. For more information, see "Panel Lock Function" on page 338 .
296 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
„
Report / List
Use Report / List to print various types of reports and lists.
NOTE:
• A password is required to enter the Report / List menu when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable. In this case, enter the password you specified, and press the button.
• The reports and lists are all printed in English.
System Settings
Purpose:
To print a list of the information such as the printer name, serial number, and print volume.
For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, network settings are also printed.
Panel Settings
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of all the settings on the operator panel menus.
Job History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of the jobs that have been processed. This list contains the last 50 jobs.
Error History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors.
Demo Page
Purpose:
To print a test page.
Protocol Monitor (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of monitored protocols.
Address Book (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Purpose:
To print the list of all addresses stored as Address Book information.
Fax Activity (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Purpose:
To print the report of faxes you recently received or sent.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 297
„
Meter Readings
Use Meter Readings to check the total number of printed pages.
Values:
Meter 1
Meter 2
Meter 3
Meter 4
Displays the total number of color prints.
Displays the total number of monochrome prints.
Always shows 0 on your printer.
Displays the total number of color and monochrome prints ( Meter 1 +
Meter 2 ).
298 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
„
Admin Menu
Use Admin Menu to configure a variety of printer features.
NOTE:
• A password is required to enter the Admin Menu menu when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable. In this case, enter the password you specified, and press the button.
Phone Book (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Use the Phone Book menu to configure the speed dial and group dial settings.
• Speed Dial
Purpose:
To store up to 99 frequently dialed numbers in speed dial locations.
NOTE:
• The first eight entries are assigned to the one-touch buttons on the operator panel .
See also:
• "Storing a Number for Speed Dialing" on page 273
• Group Dial
Purpose:
To create a group of fax destinations and register it under a 2-digit dial code. Up to 6 group dial codes can be registered.
See also:
• "Setting Group Dial" on page 276
Network (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Use the Network menu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to the printer through the network.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 299
• Ethernet
Purpose:
To specify the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on.
Values:
Auto*
10BASE-T Half
10BASE-T Full
100BASE-TX Half
100BASE-TX Full
Detects the Ethernet settings automatically.
Uses 10base-T half-duplex.
Uses 10base-T full-duplex.
Uses 100base-TX half-duplex.
Uses 100base-TX full-duplex.
NOTE:
• For the DocuPrint CM215 fw, this item is not displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wi-Fi is set to On.
• Wireless Status (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)
Purpose:
To display the information on the wireless signal strength. No changes can be made on the operator panel to improve the status of the wireless connection.
Values:
Good
Acceptable
Low
No Reception
Indicates good signal strength.
Indicates marginal signal strength.
Indicates insufficient signal strength.
Indicates that no signal is received.
NOTE:
• This item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wi-Fi is set to On.
300 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• Wireless Setup (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)
Purpose:
To configure the wireless network interface.
Values:
Select
Access
Select the access point from the list. The access points are listed starting with the one in the best communication condition.
WEP Key Entry When you select an access point using WEP as the security method, enter the WEP key. For 64bit keys, enter 10 hexadecimal characters.
For 128bit keys, enter 26 hexadecimal characters.
PassPhrase
Entry
When you select an access point using WPA, WPA2, or Mixed as the encryption type, enter the passphrase of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 301
Manual
Setup
Enter Network
(SSID)
Specify a name to identify the wireless network. Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be entered.
Infrastructure Select to configure the wireless settings through the access point such as a wireless router.
No Security Select to configure the wireless settings with no encryption settings.
Mixed Mode
PSK
Select to configure the wireless settings with the
Mixed Mode PSK encryption. Mixed Mode PSK automatically selects the encryption type from either WPA-PSK-TKIP, WPA-PSK-AES, or WPA2-
PSK-AES.
WPA-PSK-
TKIP
WPA2-PSK-
AES
PassPhrase
Entry
Specify the pass phrase of alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63.
Select to configure the wireless settings with the
WPA-PSK-TKIP encryption.
PassPhrase
Entry
Specify the pass phrase of alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63.
Select to configure the wireless settings with the
WPA2-PSK-AES encryption.
WEP
PassPhrase
Entry
Specify the pass phrase of alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63.
Select to configure the wireless settings with the
WEP encryption.
WEP Key
Entry
Specify the WEP key to use through the wireless network. For
64bit keys, enter 10 hexadecimal characters. For 128bit keys, enter
26 hexadecimal characters.
Ad-hoc
Transmit
Key
Select a transmit key from WEP
Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
Select to configure the wireless setting without the access point such as a wireless router.
No Security Select to configure the wireless settings with no encryption settings.
WEP Select to configure the wireless settings with the
WEP encryption.
WEP Key
Entry
Specify the WEP key to use through the wireless network. For
64bit keys, enter 10 hexadecimal characters. For 128bit keys, enter
26 hexadecimal characters.
Transmit
Key
Select a transmit key from WEP
Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
NOTE:
• This item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wi-Fi is set to On.
302 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• WPS (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)
Purpose:
To configure wireless networks in accordance with the WPS standards.
Values:
Push Button
Control
PIN Code
PBC Start No*
Yes
Disables the security method of WPS-PBC.
Configures the wireless setting with the security method of
WPS-PBC.
Start
Configuration
Configures the wireless setting using the PIN code assigned automatically by the printer.
Print PIN Code Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when you enter the PIN code to your computer.
NOTE:
• Instead of selecting Push Button Control, you can also start WPS-PBC by pressing and holding the
(WPS) button.
• WPS 2.0 compliant. WPS 2.0 works on access points with the following encryption types: Mixed Mode PSK,
WPA-PSK-AES, WPA2-PSK-AES, WPA-PSK-TKIP, Open (No Security)
• This item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wi-Fi is set to On.
• Reset Wireless (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)
Purpose:
To initialize wireless network settings. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wireless network settings are reset to their factory default values.
Values:
No*
Yes
Does not reset the wireless setting.
Resets the wireless setting.
NOTE:
• This item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wi-Fi is set to On.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 303
• TCP/IP
Purpose:
To configure TCP/IP settings. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on.
Values:
IP Mode
IPv4
Dual Stack*
IPv4 Mode
Get IP
Address
IP Address
Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP address.
Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.
DHCP/AutoIP* Automatically sets the IP address.
BOOTP Uses BOOTP to set the IP address.
RARP Uses RARP to set the IP address.
DHCP
Panel
Uses DHCP to set the IP address.
Enables the IP address entered on the operator panel .
Subnet Mask
Gateway Address
Manually sets the IP address allocated to the printer.
Manually sets the subnet mask.
Manually sets the gateway address.
NOTE:
• When you set an IP address in IPv6 mode, use the CentreWare Internet Services . For more information, refer to the Help on the CentreWare Internet Services .
• Protocol
Purpose:
To enable or disable each protocol. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on.
Values:
LPD
Port 9100
WSD
SNMP
Disable
Enable*
Disable
Enable*
Disable
Enable*
Disable
StatusMessenge r
Internet
Services
Enable*
Disable
Enable*
Disable
Enable*
Bonjour(mDNS) Disable
Enable*
Disables the Line Printer Daemon (LPD) port.
Enables the LPD port.
Disables the Port 9100 port.
Enables the Port 9100 port.
Disables the Web Services on Devices (WSD) port.
Enables the WSD port.
Disables the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
UDP port.
Enables the SNMP UDP port.
Disables the StatusMessenger feature.
Enables the StatusMessenger feature.
Disables an access to the CentreWare Internet Services embedded in the printer.
Enables an access to the CentreWare Internet Services embedded in the printer.
Disables the Bonjour (mDNS).
Enables the Bonjour (mDNS).
304 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• IP Filter
NOTE:
• The IP Filter feature is supported for IPv4 addresses and available only for LPD or Port 9100.
Purpose:
To block data received from certain IP addresses through the network. You can set up to five IP addresses. To make any changes effective, turn off the printer and then turn it back on.
Values:
No.n/Address
(n is 1 - 5.)
No.n/Mask
(n is 1 - 5.)
No.n/Mode
(n is 1 - 5.)
Sets the IP address for Filter n.
Sets the address mask for Filter n.
Reject
Accept
Off*
Rejects an access from the specified IP address.
Accepts an access from the specified IP address.
Disables the IP Filter feature for Filter n.
• Initialize NVM
Purpose:
To initialize network data stored in Non-Volatile Memory (NVM). After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all network settings are reset to their default values.
Values:
Yes
No*
• Wi-Fi (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)
Purpose:
To enable the wireless connection.
Values:
Off
On*
NOTE:
• This item is displayed only when the Ethernet cable is disconnected.
• When you use the USB connection and do not use the wireless connection, you need to disable Wi-Fi.
Fax Settings (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Use the Fax Settings menu to configure the basic fax settings.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 305
• Receive Mode
Purpose:
To select the default fax receiving mode.
Values:
Telephone
Fax*
Telephone/Fax
Ans Machine/Fax
DRPD
Automatic fax reception is turned off. You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of the external telephone, pressing the remote receive code, and then pressing (Start) button.
Automatically receives faxes.
When the printer receives an incoming fax, the external telephone rings for the time specified in Auto Rec TEL/FAX, and then the printer automatically receives a fax. If an incoming call is not a fax, the printer beeps from the internal speaker indicating that the call is a telephone call.
The printer can share a telephone line with an answering machine. In this mode, the printer will monitor the fax signal and pick up the line if there are fax tones. If the phone communication is using serial transmission in your region, this mode is not supported.
Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) option, a distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company. After the telephone company has provided a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern, configure the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern.
• Auto Rec Fax
Purpose:
To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after receiving an incoming call.
The interval can be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds. The default is 0 second.
• Auto Rec TEL/FAX
Purpose:
To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external telephone receives an incoming call. The interval can be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds. The default is six seconds.
• Auto Rec Ans/FAX
Purpose:
To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external answering machine receives an incoming call. The interval can be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds.
The default is 21 seconds.
306 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• Line Monitor
Purpose:
To set the volume of the line monitor, which audibly monitors a transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is made.
Values:
Off
Low
Medium*
High
Turns off the volume of the line monitor.
Sets the volume of the line monitor.
• Ring Tone Volume
Purpose:
To set the volume of the ring tone, which indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call through the internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to Telephone/Fax.
Values:
Turns off the volume of the ring tone.
Sets the volume of the ring tone.
Off
Low
Medium
High*
• Line Type
Purpose:
To select the line type.
Values:
PSTN*
PBX
• Tone/Pulse
Purpose:
To select the dialing type.
Values:
Sets the line type to PSTN .
Sets the line type to PBX .
Tone*
DP (10pps)
Sets the dialing type to Tone .
Sets the dialing type to Dial Pulse (10 pulse per second).
NOTE:
• This menu is not displayed when Region is set to Australia.
• Interval Timer
Purpose:
To specify the interval between transmission attempts within the range of 3 to 255 seconds. The default is eight seconds.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 307
• Number of Redial
Purpose:
To specify the number of redial attempts to make when the destination fax number is busy, within the range of 0 to 9. If you enter 0, the printer will not redial. The default is 3.
• Redial Delay
Purpose:
To specify the interval between redial attempts within the range of 1 to 15 minutes. The default is one minute.
• Junk Fax Setup
Purpose:
To reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers by accepting faxes only from the fax numbers registered in the Address Book .
Values:
Off*
On
Does not reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers.
Rejects faxes sent from unwanted numbers.
NOTE:
• Be sure to register the fax numbers you want to accept faxes from in the Address Book before using Junk
Fax Setup .
• Remote Receive
Purpose:
To receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone after picking up the handset of the telephone.
Values:
Off*
On
Does not receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone.
Receives a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone.
• Remote Rcv Tone
Purpose:
To specify the remote receive code in two digits to start Remote Receive.
• Fax Header
Purpose:
To print the information of sender on the header of faxes.
Values:
Off
On*
Does not print the information of sender on the header of faxes.
Prints the information of sender on the header of faxes.
308 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• Fax Header Name
Purpose:
To set the name of sender to be printed on the header of faxes. Up to 30 alphanumeric characters can be entered.
• Fax Number
Purpose:
To set the fax number of the printer to be printed on the header of faxes.
• Fax Cover Page
Purpose:
To set whether to attach a cover page to faxes.
Values:
Off*
On
Does not attach a cover page to faxes.
Attaches a cover page to faxes.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 309
• DRPD Pattern
Purpose:
To provide a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern.
Values:
Pattern1-7 DRPD is a service provided by some telephone companies. DRPD patterns are specified by your telephone company. The patterns provided with your printer are shown below:
Pattern1
Pattern2
Pattern3
Pattern4
Pattern5
Pattern6
Pattern7
Ask your telephone company which pattern you need to select to use this service. For example, Pattern7 is the New Zealand FaxAbility distinctive ringing pattern: rings for 400ms, stops for 800ms, rings for
400ms and stops for 1400ms. This pattern is repeated over and over again. This printer only responds to Distinctive Alert cadence(s) DA4 in New Zealand.
• Forward Settings
Purpose:
To specify whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination.
Values:
Off*
Forward Only
Forward and Print
E-Mail and Print
Incoming faxes will not be forwarded.
Incoming faxes will be forwarded to a specified destination.
Incoming faxes will be printed and forwarded to a specified destination by Fax.
Incoming faxes will be printed and sent with an e-mail to a specified destination by Email.
310 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• Fax Fwd Number
Purpose:
To enter the fax number of the destination to where incoming faxes will be forwarded.
• Fax Fwd E-Mail
Purpose:
To enter the e-mail address to where incoming faxes will be sent with an e-mail.
• Prefix Dial
Purpose:
To select whether to set a prefix dial number.
Values:
Off*
On
Does not set a prefix dial number.
Sets a prefix dial number.
• Prefix Dial Num
Purpose:
To set a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This number dials before any auto dial number is started. It is useful for accessing the Private Automatic Branch Exchange (PABX).
• Discard Size
Purpose:
To set whether to discard text or images at the bottom of a fax page when the entire page does not fit onto the output paper.
Values:
Off
On
Auto Reduction*
Prints any excess at the bottom of a fax page without discarding it.
Discards any excess at the bottom of a fax page.
Automatically reduces a fax page to fit it onto the output paper.
• ECM
Purpose:
To set whether to enable the Error Correction Mode (ECM). To use the ECM, the remote machines must also support the ECM.
Values:
Off
On*
Disable the ECM.
Enables the ECM.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 311
• Extel Hook Thresh
Purpose:
To select the external telephone hook detection threshold for the condition in which a telephone line is not being used.
Values:
Lower
Normal*
Higher
Sets the external telephone hook detection threshold to Lower.
Sets the external telephone hook detection threshold to Normal.
Sets the external telephone hook detection threshold to Higher.
• Modem Speed
Purpose:
To specify the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error occurs.
Values:
2.4 Kbps
4.8 Kbps
9.6 Kbps
14.4 Kbps
33.6 Kbps*
• Fax Activity
Purpose:
To set whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications.
Values:
Auto Print*
No Auto Print
Automatically prints a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications.
Does not automatically print a fax activity report.
• Fax Transmit
Purpose:
To set whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs.
Values:
Print Always
Print On Error*
Print Disable
Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission.
Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs.
Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission.
312 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• Fax Broadcast
Purpose:
To set whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission to multiple destinations or only when an error occurs.
Values:
Print Always*
Print On Error
Print Disable
Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission.
Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs.
Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission to multiple destinations.
• Region
Purpose:
To select the region where the printer is used.
System Settings
Use the System Settings menu to configure a variety of printer features.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
• Power Saving Timer
Purpose:
To specify the time for transition to the Power Saver mode .
Values:
Low Power
Timer
Sleep Timer
5min*
5–30min
6min*
1–6min
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters the Low
Power mode after it finishes a job.
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters the
Sleep mode after it goes into the Low Power mode.
Select 5min (default) for Low Power Timer if your printer shares an electrical circuit with your room lights and you notice them flickering. Otherwise, select a high value to keep your printer available for frequent use with the minimum warm-up time.
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the Power Saver mode when it receives data from the computer. In the Low Power mode, you can also return the printer to the standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel . In the Sleep mode, you can return the printer to the standby mode by pressing the (Energy Saver) button.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 313
• Auto Reset
Purpose:
To automatically reset the settings for copying, scanning, or faxing to the defaults and return to the standby mode after you do not specify any settings for the specified time. (The fax feature is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
Values:
45sec*
1min
2min
3min
4min
• Fault Time-Out
Purpose:
To specify the time taken by the printer before it cancels jobs that stop abnormally. The job is cancelled if it times out.
Values:
Off
On 60sec*
3–300sec
Disables the fault time-out.
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it cancels for jobs that stop abnormally.
• Job Time-Out
Purpose:
To specify the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. The print job is cancelled if it times out.
Values:
Off
On 30sec*
5–300sec
Disables the job time-out.
Specifies the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer.
• Date & Time
Purpose:
To set the date and time, and regional time zone of the printer.
Values:
Set Date
Set Time
Date Format
Specifies the current date.
Specifies the current time.
yy / mm / dd Specifies the date format.
mm / dd / yy dd / mm / yy*
314 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
Time Format
Time Zone
• Alert Tone
Purpose:
To configure settings for tones emitted by the printer during operation or when a warning message appears.
Values:
Panel Select
Tone
Panel Alert
Tone
12H* Specifies the time format.
24H
Specifies the time zone.
Off*
Min
Middle
Max
Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is correct.
Emits a tone at the specified volume when the operator panel input is correct.
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect.
Emits a tone at the specified volume when the operator panel input is incorrect.
Auto Clear
Alert
Job Tone
Alert Tone
Out of Paper
All Tones
Min
Middle
Max
Off*
Min
Middle
Max
Off
Min
Middle*
Max
Off
Min
Middle*
Max
Off
Min
Middle*
Max
Off
Min
Middle
Max
Does not emit a tone before the printer performs auto clear.
Emits a tone at the specified volume five seconds before the printer performs auto clear.
Does not emit a tone when a job is complete.
Emits a tone at the specified volume when a job is complete.
Does not emit a tone when a problem occurs.
Emits a tone at the specified volume when a problem occurs.
Does not emit a tone when the printer runs out of paper.
Emits a tone at the specified volume when the printer runs out of paper.
Disables all the alert tones.
Sets the volume of all the alert tones at once.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 315
• mm / inch
Purpose:
To specify the measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the operator panel .
Values:
Millimeters (mm)*
Inches (")
Specifies the default measurement unit.
• Low Toner Alert Msg
Purpose:
To specify whether to show the alert message when the toner is low.
Values:
Off
On*
Does not show the alert message when the toner is low.
Shows the alert message when the toner is low.
• Power On Wizard
Purpose:
To perform initial settings for the printer.
See also:
• "Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel" on page 52
Values:
Yes
No*
Performs the initial settings for the printer.
Does not perform the initial settings for the printer.
Maintenance
Use the Maintenance menu for maintenance work including initialization of the NVM (non-volatile memory).
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
• F/W Version
Purpose:
To display the version of the controller.
• Paper Density
Purpose:
To adjust the paper type.
Values:
Plain Lightweight
Heavyweight*
316 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
Labels Lightweight
Heavyweight*
• Adjust Transfer Roller
Purpose:
To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the transfer roller (BTR). To lower the voltage, set negative values. To increase, set positive values.
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. If you see mottles on the print output, try to increase the voltage. If you see white spots on the print output, try to decrease the voltage.
NOTE:
• The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.
Values:
Plain
Bond
Light Card
LW Gloss Card
Labels
Recycled
Envelope
0*
-3 – 3
0*
-3 – 3
0*
-3 – 3
0*
-3 – 3
0*
-3 – 3
0*
-3 – 3
0*
-3 – 3
• Adjust Fusing Unit
Purpose:
To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fusing unit. To lower the temperature, set negative values. To increase, set positive values.
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When the printed paper has curled, try to lower the temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the temperature.
NOTE:
• The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.
Values:
Plain
Bond
0*
-3 – 3
0*
-3 – 3
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 317
Light Card
LW Gloss Card
Labels
Recycled
Envelope
0*
-3 – 3
0*
-3 – 3
0*
-3 – 3
0*
-3 – 3
0*
-3 – 3
• Auto Regi Adjust
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically adjust color registration.
Values:
Off
On*
Yes
No*
Does not automatically adjust color registration.
Automatically adjusts color registration.
• Adjust ColorRegi
Purpose:
To automatically adjust color registration.
Color registration adjustment need to be made during the initial setup of the printer or when the printer is moved to a different location.
Values:
Auto Adjust Automatically corrects color registration.
Does not correct color registration automatically.
• Clean Developer
Purpose:
To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge .
Values:
Yes
No*
Stirs the toner in a new toner cartridge .
Does not stir the toner in a new toner cartridge .
318 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• Toner Refresh
Purpose:
To use up a toner cartridge when you need to replace it before the end of its life, or to stir the toner in a new toner cartridge .
Values:
Yellow
Magenta
Cyan
Black
Yes
No*
Yes
No*
Yes
No*
Yes
No*
Cleans the toner in the yellow toner cartridge .
Does not clean the toner in the yellow toner cartridge .
Cleans the toner in the magenta toner cartridge .
Does not clean the toner in the magenta toner cartridge .
Cleans the toner in the cyan toner cartridge .
Does not clean the toner in the cyan toner cartridge .
Cleans the toner in the black toner cartridge .
Does not clean the toner in the black toner cartridge .
• Toner Roller Refresh
Purpose:
Specify whether to execute counter measures for curling/separating discharge of the paper.
Values:
Off*
On
Does not automatically execute counter measures for curling/separating discharge of the paper.
Automatically executes counter measures for curling/separating discharge of the paper.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 319
• Initialize NVM
Purpose:
To initialize NVM for system parameters, Address Book data for fax, or Address Book data for e-mail.
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, the menu parameters or data, except the parameters for the network, are reset to their factory default values. ( Address Book is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
See also:
• "Resetting to Factory Defaults" on page 343
Values:
DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw:
User Fax
Section
User Scan
Section
Yes
No*
Yes
No*
System Section Yes
No*
DocuPrint CM215 b:
Initializes the fax number entries in the Address Book .
Does not initialize the fax number entries in the Address Book .
Initializes the e-mail and server address entries in the Address
Book .
Does not initialize the e-mail and server address entries in the
Address Book .
Initializes the system parameters.
Does not initialize the system parameters.
System Section Yes
No*
Off*
On
Initializes the system parameters.
Does not initialize the system parameters.
• Non-Genuine Mode
Purpose:
To use toner cartridges of another manufacturer.
NOTE:
• Using non-genuine toner cartridges may make some printer features unusable, reduce print quality and decrease the reliability of your printer. Fuji Xerox recommends only new Fuji Xerox brand toner cartridges for your printer. Fuji Xerox does not provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using consumables not supplied by Fuji Xerox.
• Before you use toner cartridges of another manufacturer, be sure to restart the printer.
Values:
Does not use toner cartridges of another manufacturer.
Uses toner cartridges of another manufacturer.
320 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure.
Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used.
NOTE:
• An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality, incorrect indication of remaining toner.
Values:
0m*
1000m
2000m
3000m
Specifies the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
• Machine Life
Purpose:
To specify whether to continue print operations when the printer comes to the end of its service life.
Values:
Stop Print*
Continue Print
Stops print operations at the end of service life.
Continues print operations after the end of service life.
NOTE:
• When the printer no longer operates showing the error code 191-310 on the LCD panel , press the
(Back) button and the button at the same time and change the Machine Life setting to Continue
Print. Then, you can keep using the printer.
• Although you can keep using the printer after the end of its service life by changing the setting to Continue
Print, the printing quality is not guaranteed.
Secure Settings
Use the Secure Settings menu to set a password to limit access to the menus. This prevents items from being changed accidentally.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 321
• Panel Lock
Purpose:
To restrict access to Admin Menu and Report / List with a password.
See also:
• "Panel Lock Function" on page 338
NOTE:
• For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, you can select Disable for Panel Lock Set when all items under
Service Lock are set to Unlocked and Secure Receive Set is set to Disable.
• For the DocuPrint CM215 b, you can select Disable for Panel Lock Set when all items under Service
Lock are set to Unlocked.
Values:
Panel Lock Set Disable*
Change
Password
Enable
0000*–9999
Does not restrict access to Admin Menu and Report /
List with a password.
Restricts access to Admin Menu and Report / List with a password.
Sets or changes the password required to access Admin
Menu and Report / List.
• Service Lock
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable each of the printer services or to require a password to use the services, and to set or change the password.
See also:
• "Limiting Access to Printer Operations" on page 341
NOTE:
• You can access to the items under Service Lock only when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.
Values:
Copy
FAX
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Scan
Off*
On
Enables the
Disables the
Copy
Copy
service.
service.
On (Password) Enables the Copy service, but requires a password.
On (Color
Password)
Enables the Copy service with a color mode, but requires a password.
Off* Enables the FAX service.
On Disables the FAX service (the printer will not send or receive faxes).
Password
Locked
Enables the FAX services, but requires a password to send faxes (does not require a password to receive incoming faxes).
Enables the Scan service. Off*
On Disables the Scan service.
On (Password) Enables the Scan service, but requires a password.
322 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
USB-Print Off*
0000*–9999
Enables the print from USB memory device.
On Disables the print from USB memory device.
On (Password) Enables the print from USB memory device, but requires a password.
Sets or changes the password required to use the Copy , FAX ,
Scan , USB-Print services.
Change
Password
• Secure Receive (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Purpose:
To specify whether to require a password to print incoming faxes, and to set or change the password.
When Secure Receive Set is set to Enable, the printer stores incoming faxes and prints them when the correct password is entered on the operator panel .
NOTE:
• You can access to the items under Secure Receive only when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.
Values:
Secure Receive
Set
Change
Password
Disable*
Enable
0000*–9999
Does not require a password to print incoming faxes.
Requires a password to print incoming faxes.
Sets or changes the password required to print incoming faxes.
• Software Download
Purpose:
To specify whether to allow downloading firmware updates.
Values:
Disable
Enable*
Disables downloading of firmware updates.
Enables downloading of firmware updates.
Scan to E-Mail (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Use the Scan to E-Mail menu to edit the transmission source.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
• Edit From Field
Purpose:
To enable or disable editing of the transmission source.
Values:
Disable
Enable*
Disables editing of the transmission source.
Enables editing of the transmission source.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 323
USB Settings
Use the USB Settings menu to change printer settings affecting a USB port .
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
• Port Status
Purpose:
To enable or disable the USB interface.
Values:
Disable
Enable*
Disables the USB interface.
Enables the USB interface.
324 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
„
Defaults Settings
Use the Defaults Settings menu to configure the default copy, scan, and fax settings of the printer. (The fax feature is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
Copy Defaults
Use the Copy Defaults menus to configure a variety of copy features.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
• Color
Purpose:
To set whether to make copies in color or in black and white.
Values:
Prints in black and white mode.
Prints in color mode.
Black & White
Color*
• Collated
Purpose:
To sort the copy job.
Values:
Uncollated*
Collated
Does not sort the copy job.
Sorts the copy job.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 325
• Reduce/Enlarge
Purpose:
To set the default value for copy reduction/enlargement ratio.
Values: mm systems
200%
A5→A4(141%)
A5→B5(122%)
100%*
B5→A5(81%)
A4→A5(70%)
50% inch systems
200%
Stmt→Lgl(154%)
Stmt→Ltr(129%)
100%*
Lgl→Ltr (78%)
Ldgr→Ltr(64%)
50%
NOTE:
• You can also use the numeric keypad to input the desired zoom ratio from 25% to 400%, or press the button to enlarge the zoom ratio or press the button to reduce the zoom ratio in 1% intervals.
• This item is available only when N-Up is set to Off or Manual.
• Document Size
Purpose:
To specify the default document size.
Values:
A4 (210 × 297mm)*
A5 (148 × 210mm)
B5 (182 × 257mm)
Letter (8.5 × 11")
Folio (8.5 × 13")
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Legal (8.5 × 14")
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Executive (7.25 × 10.5")
326 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• Original Type
Purpose:
To select the copy image quality.
Values:
Text
Mixed*
Photo
• Lighter/Darker
Purpose:
To set the default copy density level.
Values:
Suitable for documents with text.
Suitable for documents with both text and photos/gray tones.
Suitable for documents with photos.
Makes the copy lighter than the original. Works well with dark print. Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Darker1
Darker2
• Sharpness
Purpose:
To set the default sharpness level.
Values:
Works well with standard type or printed documents.
Makes the copy darker than the original. Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Sharpest
Sharper
Normal*
Softer
Softest
Off
On*
Makes the copy sharper than the original.
Does not make the copy sharper or softer than the original.
Makes the copy softer than the original.
• Auto Exposure
Purpose:
To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.
Values:
Does not suppress the background.
Suppresses the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.
• Color Balance R
Purpose:
To specify the default color balance level of red within the range of -2 to +2. The factory default menu setting is 0.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 327
• Color Balance G
Purpose:
To specify the default color balance level of green within the range of -2 to +2. The factory default menu setting is 0.
• Color Balance B
Purpose:
To specify the default color balance level of blue within the range of -2 to +2. The factory default menu setting is 0.
• Gray Balance
Purpose:
To specify the default gray balance level within the range of -2 to +2. The factory default menu setting is 0.
NOTE:
• This option is effective only for black and white copying.
• N-Up
Purpose:
To print two original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper.
Values:
Off*
Auto
ID Card Copy
Manual
Does not perform N-Up printing.
Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper.
Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the original size.
Prints the original pages onto the one sheet of paper in the size specified in Reduce/Enlarge.
• Margin Top/Bottom
Purpose:
To specify the value of the top and bottom margins.
Values:
4mm*/0.2 inch*
0-50mm/0.0-2.0 inch
4mm*/0.2 inch*
0-50mm/0.0-2.0 inch
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
• Margin Left/Right
Purpose:
To specify the value of the left and right margins.
Values:
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
328 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• Margin Middle
Purpose:
To specify the value of the middle margin.
Values:
0mm*/0.0 inch*
0-50mm/0.0-2.0 inch
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
Scan Defaults
Use the Scan Defaults menus to configure a variety of scanner features.
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
• Scan to Network (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Purpose:
To store the scanned image on a network server or on a computer.
Values:
Computer(Network)*
Server(FTP)
Stores the scanned image on a computer using the Server Message
Block (SMB) protocol.
Stores the scanned image on a server using the FTP protocol.
• File Format
Purpose:
To specify the file format to save the scanned image.
Values:
PDF*
TIFF
JPEG
• Color
Purpose:
To set the color mode.
Values:
Black & White
Color*
Scans in black and white mode. This is available only when File
Format is set to PDF or TIFF.
Scans in color mode.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 329
• Color Button Set
Purpose:
To assign color mode to the Color Mode button.
Values:
B&W Button
Color Button
Black & White* Scans in black and white when Black & White is selected for a color mode.
Grayscale Scans in gray scale when Black & White is selected for a color mode.
Color*
Color(Photo)
Scans in color when Color is selected for a color mode.
Scans in color (photo) when Color is selected for a color mode. This is suitable for photographic images.
• Resolution
Purpose:
To specify the default scan resolution.
Values:
200 × 200dpi*
300 × 300dpi
400 × 400dpi
600 × 600dpi
• Document Size
Purpose:
To specify the default document size.
Values:
A4 (210 × 297mm)*
A5 (148 × 210mm)
B5 (182 × 257mm)
Letter (8.5 × 11")
Folio (8.5 × 13") (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Legal (8.5 × 14") (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Executive (7.25 × 10.5")
• Lighter/Darker
Purpose:
To set the default scan density level.
Values:
Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Makes the scanned image lighter than the original. Works well with dark print.
Works well with standard type or printed documents.
330 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
Darker1
Darker2
• Sharpness
Purpose:
To set the default sharpness level.
Values:
Off
On*
Makes the scanned image darker than the original. Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Sharpest
Sharper
Normal*
Softer
Softest
Makes the scanned image sharper than the original.
Does not make the scanned image sharper or softer than the original.
Makes the scanned image softer than the original.
• Auto Exposure
Purpose:
To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the scanned image.
Values:
Does not suppress the background.
Suppresses the background of the original to enhance text on the scanned image.
• Margin Top/Bottom
Purpose:
To specify the value of the top and bottom margins.
Values:
2mm*/0.1 inch*
0-50mm/0.0-2.0 inch
2mm*/0.1 inch*
0-50mm/0.0-2.0 inch
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
• Margin Left/Right
Purpose:
To specify the value of the left and right margins.
Values:
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 331
• Margin Middle
Purpose:
To specify the value of the middle margin.
Values:
Specify the value in increments of 1 mm/0.1 inch.
0mm*/0.0 inch*
0-50mm/0.0-2.0 inch
• TIFF File Format
Purpose:
To specify the TIFF file format.
Values:
TIFF V6*
TTN2
• Image Compression
Purpose:
To specify the image compression level.
Values:
Higher
Normal*
Lower
Sets the image compression level to High.
Sets the image compression level to Medium.
Sets the image compression level to Low.
• Max E-Mail Size (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Purpose:
To specify the maximum size of e-mail that can be sent, within the range of 50 K bytes to 16384 K bytes. The default is 2048 K bytes.
Fax Defaults (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Use the Fax Defaults menus to configure a variety of fax features.
NOTE:
• The Fax service cannot be used unless you set up a region code under Region. If Region is not set up, a message Set The Region Code appears on the LCD panel .
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
332 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
• Resolution
Purpose:
To specify the resolution level to be used for fax transmission.
Values:
Standard*
Fine
Super Fine
Suitable for documents with normal sized characters.
Suitable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.
Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail. The Super
Fine mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports the super fine resolution. See the notes below.
Suitable for documents containing photographic images.
Ultra Fine
NOTE:
• Faxes scanned in the Super Fine mode transmit at the highest resolution supported by the receiving device.
• Original Type
Purpose:
To select the default document type.
Values:
Text*
Photo
• Lighter/Darker
Purpose:
To set the default copy density level.
Values:
Suitable for documents with text.
Suitable for documents with photos.
Makes the fax lighter than the original. Works well with dark print. Lighter2
Lighter1
Normal*
Darker1
Darker2
Works well with standard typed or printed documents.
Makes the fax darker than the original. Works well with light print or faint pencil markings.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 333
• Delayed Start
Purpose:
This feature enables you to set a specific time for the fax transmission to start. Once Delayed Start mode is activated, your printer stores all of the documents to be faxed into its memory and sends them at the specified time. After faxing in the Delayed Start mode is complete, the data in the memory is cleared.
Values:
21:00*/PM9:00*
0:00 - 23:59 / AM/PM1:00
- 12:59
Specify the fax transmission start time when sending a fax at a specified time.
NOTE:
• A maximum of 19 delayed fax jobs can be stored in this printer.
Print from USB Defaults
• Layout
Purpose:
To fit print image automatically to one sheet of paper.
Values:
Auto*
Off
334 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
„
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to set the paper size and type of paper loaded in the multipurpose feeder ( MPF ).
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 335
MPF
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size loaded in the MPF .
Values:
Paper Size A4 (210 × 297mm)*
A5 (148 × 210mm)
B5 (182 × 257mm)
Letter (8.5 × 11")
Folio (8.5 × 13")
Legal (8.5 × 14")
Executive (7.25 × 10.5")
Envelope #10 (4.1×9.5")
Monarch Env. (3.9×7.5")
Monarch Env. L (7.5×3.9")
DL Env. (110×220mm)
DL Env. L (220×110mm)
C5 Envelope (162 × 229mm)
Custom Size Portrait(Y)
Landscape(X)
297mm*/11.7inch* Specifies the
127 - 355mm/5.0-
14.0inch
length of the custom size paper.
210mm*/8.3inch* Specifies the width
77 - 215mm/3.0-
8.5inch
of the custom size paper.
Paper Type Plain*
Bond
Light Card
LW Gloss Card
Labels
Recycled
Envelope
Plain S2
Bond S2
Light Card S2
LW Gloss Card S2
Recycled S2
Display Screen Off
On*
Does not display a screen.
Displays a screen that prompts the user to set Paper Size and Paper Type when the paper is loaded in the MPF .
NOTE:
•
For more information on supported paper sizes, see "Usable Print Media" on page 120
.
336 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
„
Panel Language
NOTE:
• Asterisk (*) is the factory default setting.
Purpose:
To specify the language to be used on the operator panel .
See also:
• "Adjusting the Language" on page 158
Values:
English*
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 337
Panel Lock Function
When your printer is configured as a network printer available to a number of users, the access to
Admin Menu and Report / List can be limited by enabling the Panel Lock . This prevents unauthorized users from changing the settings made by the administrator. However, you can select settings for individual print jobs using the print driver.
This section includes:
• "Enabling the Panel Lock" on page 339
• "Disabling the Panel Lock" on page 340
338 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
„
Enabling the Panel Lock
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Secure Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Panel Lock, and then press the button.
5 Select Panel Lock Set, and then press the button.
6 Select Enable, and then press the button.
7 As necessary, select Change Password, and change the password using the numeric keypad .
Then, press the button.
NOTE:
• The factory-default panel password is 0000.
NOTE:
• Be sure to remember the password. The procedure described below allows you to reset the password.
However, for the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, the settings for the Address Book would be cleared.
1 Turn off the printer.
2 Turn on the printer with holding the (System) button.
• If you change the password while Panel Lock Set is Enable, perform steps 1 to 2 . Enter the current password, and then press the button. Perform steps 3 to 4 . Select Change Password, and then press the button. Enter the new password, and then press the button. This will change the password.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 339
„
Disabling the Panel Lock
NOTE:
• For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, you can select Disable for Panel Lock Set when all items under
Service Lock are set to Unlocked and Secure Receive Set is set to Disable.
• For the DocuPrint CM215 b, you can select Disable for Panel Lock Set when all items under Service
Lock are set to Unlocked.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Enter the password, and then press the button.
4 Select Secure Settings, and then press the button.
5 Select Panel Lock, and then press the button.
6 Select Panel Lock Set, and then press the button.
7 Select Disable, and then press the button.
340 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
Limiting Access to Printer Operations
Enabling the Copy Lock, FAX Lock, Scan and Print from USB Lock options function which limits access to copy, fax, scan and Print from USB operations. ( FAX Lock is available only on the DocuPrint
CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
Taking Copy Lock as an example, the following procedure explains how to enable or disable the option.
Use the same procedure to enable or disable FAX Lock, Scan and Print from USB Lock.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Secure Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Panel Lock, and then press the button.
5 Select Panel Lock Set, and then press the button.
6 Select Enable, and then press the button.
7 As necessary, select Change Password, and change the password using the numeric keypad .
Then, press the button.
NOTE:
• The default password is 0000.
8 Press the (Back) button.
9 Select Service Lock, and then press the button.
10 Select Copy, and then press the button.
11 Select one of the following option, and then press the button.
• Unlocked
• Locked
• Password Locked
• Color Pass. Locked (available only for Copy Lock)
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 341
Setting the Time for the Power Saver Mode
You can set the power saving timer for the printer. The printer switches to the Power Saver mode after the specified time.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select System Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Power Saving Timer, and then press the button.
5 Select Low Power Timer or Sleep Timer, and then press the button.
6 Press the or button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad , and then press
You can select from 5–30 minutes for Low Power Timer or 1–6 minutes for Sleep Timer.
7 To return to the previous screen, press the (Back) button.
342 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
Resetting to Factory Defaults
After executing Initialize NVM and rebooting the printer, the menu parameters or data are reset to their factory default values.
NOTE:
• The following procedure does not initialize the network settings.
– For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, to initialize the network settings, refer to "Initialize NVM" on page 305 .
–
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Maintenance, and then press the button.
4 Select Initialize NVM, and then press the button.
5 Select System Section to initialize the menu parameters, and then press the button.
For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, select User Fax Section to initialize the Address Book data for fax, and select User Scan Section to initialize the Address Book data for e-mail.
6 Select Yes, and then press the button.
The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings.
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 343
Using the Numeric Keypad
As you perform various tasks, you may need to enter numbers. For example, when you enter the password, you enter four-digit number.
For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, you may also need to enter names. For example, when you set up your printer, you enter your name or your company name. When you store speed dial or group dial numbers, you need to enter the corresponding names.
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
Wi-Fi
WPS
344 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
„
Entering Characters (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
When prompted to enter a letter, press the each number key until the correct letter appears on the
LCD panel .
For example, to enter the letter O, press 6.
• Each time you press 6, the display shows a different letter in sequence, m, n, o, M, N, O and finally
6.
• To enter additional letters, repeat the first step.
• Press the button when you are finished.
Key Assigned numbers, letters or characters
1 1 @ . _ - (space) \ & ( ) ! " # $ % ' ~ ^ | ` ; : ? , + * / = [ ] { } < >
2 a b c A B C 2
3 d e f D E F 3
4 g h i G H I 4
5 j k l J K L 5
6 m n o M N O 6
7 p q r s P Q R S 7
8 t u v T U V 8
9 w x y z W X Y Z 9
0 0
* - _ ~
# (space) & ( )
Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad 345
„
Deleting Numbers or Names
If an incorrect number or name is entered, press the C (Clear) button to delete the number or character, and then enter the correct number or character.
346 Using the Operator Panel Menus and Keypad
Troubleshooting
This chapter includes:
• "Basic Printer Problems" on page 362
• "Display Problems" on page 363
• "Printing Problems" on page 364
• "Print Quality Problems" on page 366
• "Copy Quality Problems" on page 384
• "Adjusting Color Registration" on page 385
• "Fax Problems (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 390
• "Scanning Problems" on page 392
• "Scan Driver/Printer Utility Problems" on page 395
• "Wireless Problems (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)" on page 396
• "Understanding Printer Messages" on page 398
• "Contacting Service" on page 407
• "Non-Genuine Mode" on page 410
10
Troubleshooting 347
Clearing Jams
This section includes:
• "Identifying the Location of Paper Jams" on page 350
• "Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 351
• "Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of the Printer" on page 355
• "Clearing Paper Jams From the Rear of the Printer" on page 356
• "Clearing Paper Jams From the Center Output Tray" on page 358
Careful selection of appropriate print media and proper loading allow you to avoid most jams.
See also:
• "About Print Media" on page 114
• "Supported Print Media" on page 119
NOTE:
• Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended that you try a sample first.
348 Troubleshooting
„
Avoiding Jams
• Use only recommended print media. See
"About Print Media" on page 114 for more information.
• See
"Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 123
and
Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 131 to load print media properly.
• Do not overload the print media sources. Make sure that the stacked print media does not exceed the maximum height indicated on the paper width guides .
• Do not load wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled print media.
• Flex, fan, and straighten print media before you load it. If a jam occurs with print media, try feeding one sheet at a time through the MPF or the PSI .
• Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed.
• Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same print media source.
• Make sure that the recommended print side is facing up when you insert the print media.
•
for more information.
• Do not remove the PSI during a print job.
• Make sure that all cables that connect to the printer are correctly attached.
• Overtightening the guides may cause jams.
Troubleshooting 349
„
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams
CAUTION:
• Do not attempt to remove a paper deeply jammed inside the product, particularly a paper wrapped around the fusing unit or the heat roller. Otherwise, it may cause injuries or burns. Switch off the product immediately and contact your local Fuji Xerox representative.
IMPORTANT:
• Do not attempt to clear any jams using tools or instruments. This may permanently damage the printer.
The following illustration shows where paper jams may occur along the print media path.
1
2
3
8
7 6
1 Center Output Tray
2 Transfer Drum
3 Levers
4 Rear Cover
5 ADF Cover (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
6 Front Cover
7 Multipurpose Feeder ( MPF )
8 Priority Sheet Inserter ( PSI )
5
4
350 Troubleshooting
„
Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
When a document jams while it passes through the automatic document feeder ( ADF ), remove jams in the following procedure.
IMPORTANT:
• To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance.
• To avoid burns, do not clear paper jams immediately after printing. The fusing unit becomes extremely hot during use.
NOTE:
• To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel , you must clear all print media from the print media path.
1 Open the ADF cover .
2 Remove the jammed document by carefully pulling it in the direction of the arrow shown in the following illustration.
Troubleshooting 351
3 If you find it difficult to pull the document, open the document feeder tray .
4 Remove the jammed document from the document output tray .
5 Close the document feeder tray .
352 Troubleshooting
6 Close the ADF cover , and then load the documents back into the ADF .
NOTE:
• Make sure that you adjust the document guides before printing a Legal-size document.
7 If you cannot remove the jammed document from the document output tray or cannot find any jammed document there, open the document cover .
Troubleshooting 353
8 Remove the document from the ADF feed roller or the feed area by carefully pulling the document in the direction of the arrow shown in the following illustration.
354 Troubleshooting
„
Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of the Printer
NOTE:
• To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel , you must clear all print media from the print media path.
1 Pull the PSI out.
2 Remove any paper jammed from the front of the printer.
3 Replace the PSI in the printer.
IMPORTANT:
• Do not use excessive force on the PSI . Doing so could damage or the inside of the printer.
4 Press the button.
Troubleshooting 355
„
Clearing Paper Jams From the Rear of the Printer
IMPORTANT:
• To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance.
• To avoid burns, do not clear paper jams immediately after printing. The fusing unit becomes extremely hot during use.
NOTE:
• To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel , you must clear all print media from the print media path.
1 Push the rear cover handle and open the rear cover .
2 Lift up the levers .
3 Remove any paper jammed from the rear of the printer by carefully pulling it in the direction of the arrow shown in the following illustration.
356 Troubleshooting
4 Lower the levers to their original position.
5 Close the rear cover .
Troubleshooting 357
„
Clearing Paper Jams From the Center Output Tray
IMPORTANT:
• To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance.
• To avoid burns, do not clear paper jams immediately after printing. The fusing unit becomes extremely hot during use.
NOTE:
• To resolve the error displayed on the LCD panel , you must clear all print media from the print media path.
1 Push the rear cover handle and open the rear cover .
2 Lift up the levers .
3 Remove any paper jammed from the rear of the printer by carefully pulling it in the direction of the arrow shown in the following illustration.
358 Troubleshooting
4 If no paper is found in the paper path, lift and open the scanner .
5 Remove any paper jammed out of the center output tray .
6 Lower and close the scanner .
Troubleshooting 359
7 Lower the levers to their original position.
8 Close the rear cover .
360 Troubleshooting
„
Jam Problems
Misfeed jam
Problem
Print media misfeeds occur.
Action
Remove the paper from the PSI , and then make sure that the paper is properly inserted in the MPF .
Depending on the print media you use, take any of the following actions:
• For thick paper, use the one that is 216 gsm or less.
• For thin paper, use the one that is 60 gsm or more.
• For the envelope, make sure that it is properly loaded in the MPF or the PSI as instructed in
"Loading Envelope in the Multipurpose
Feeder (MPF)" on page 128 or in
"Loading Envelope in the Priority
Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 133
.
If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use another envelope.
If performing manual duplex printing, make sure that the print media is not curled.
Fan the print media.
If the print media is damp, turn over the print media.
If the problem continues, use print media that is not damp.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Multi-feed jam
Problem Action
Print media multiple feeds occur.
Remove the paper from the PSI , and then make sure that the paper is inserted properly in the MPF .
If the print media is damp, use print media that is not damp.
Fan the print media.
Clear the jam. (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
A document jam occurs in the
ADF if scanning of multiple-sheet document is cancelled while scanning is in progress.
See also:
• "Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 351
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Troubleshooting 361
Basic Printer Problems
Some printer problems can be easy to resolve. If a problem occurs with your printer, check each of the following:
• The power cord is connected to the printer, and to a properly grounded electrical outlet.
• The printer is turned on.
• The electrical outlet is not turned off at any switch or breaker.
• Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working.
• For the DocuPrint CM215 fw, when connected to the computer with the Wireless connection, the
Ethernet cable is not connected between the printer and the network.
If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. This often fixes the problem.
NOTE:
• If error messages are displayed on the LCD panel or on your computer screen, follow the on-screen instructions to resolve the printer problems. For details about error messages and error codes, see
"Understanding Printer Messages" on page 398
.
362 Troubleshooting
Display Problems
Problem
After the printer is turned on, the display on the LCD panel is blank, keeps showing the Fuji
Xerox logo, or the back light is not lit.
Menu settings changed from the operator panel have no effect.
Action
Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and turn on the printer. Self
Test Message appears on the LCD panel . When the test is completed, the Select Function screen is displayed.
Settings in the print driver, or the printer utilities have precedence over the settings made on the operator panel .
Change the menu settings from the print driver or the printer utilities instead of the operator panel .
Troubleshooting 363
Printing Problems
Problem
Job did not print or incorrect characters printed.
Print media misfeeds or multiple feeds occur.
The envelope is creased after printing.
Action
Confirm that the Select Function screen appears on the LCD panel before you send a job to print.
Make sure that print media is loaded in the printer.
Verify that you are using the correct print driver.
Make sure that you are using the correct Ethernet or USB cable and that it is securely connected to the printer. (Ethernet connection is available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
Verify that the correct print media size is selected.
If you are using a print spooler, verify that the spooler has not stalled.
For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, check the interface of your printer from Admin Menu.
Determine the host interface you are using. Print a System Settings page to verify that the current interface settings are correct. Refer to
"Printing a System Settings Page" on page 156
for details on how to print a System Settings page.
Make sure that the print media you are using meets the specifications for your printer.
See also:
• "Usable Print Media" on page 120
Fan the print media before loading it.
Make sure that the print media is loaded correctly.
Make sure that the paper width guides and length guide are adjusted correctly.
Make sure that the PSI is securely inserted.
Do not overfill the print media sources.
Do not force print media into the PSI or the MPF when you load it.
Otherwise, it may skew or buckle.
Make sure that the print media is not curled.
Load the recommended print side correctly for the type of print media you are using.
See also:
• "Loading Print Media" on page 121
Turn the print media over or around and try printing again to see if feeding improves.
Do not mix print media types.
Do not mix print media sizes.
Remove the top and bottom curled sheets of a ream before loading the print media.
Load a print media source only when it is empty.
Make sure that the envelope is loaded as instructed in
Envelope in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 128
or
"Loading Envelope in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 133 .
364 Troubleshooting
Problem
Page breaks in unexpected places.
Action
Increase the value for Job Time-Out in the System Settings menu, that is on the Printer Maintenance tab in the Printer Setting Utility .
For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, increase the time-out value in the Protocol Settings menu on the CentreWare Internet Services .
Turn the print media stack over in the PSI and MPF .
Print media does not stack neatly in the center output tray .
Printer does not print duplex pages.
Select either of the duplex printing options (flip on short edge/flip on long edge) in the print driver.
See also:
• "Manual Duplex Printing" on page 136
Troubleshooting 365
Print Quality Problems
This section includes:
• "The Output Is Too Light" on page 367
• "Toner Smears or Print Comes Off/Stain on Back Side" on page 368
• "Random Spots/Blurred Images" on page 369
• "The Entire Output Is Blank" on page 370
• "Streaks Appear on the Output" on page 371
• "Pitched Color Dots" on page 372
• "Vertical Blanks" on page 373
• "Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)" on page 377
• "Wrinkled/Stained Paper" on page 379
• "The Top Margin Is Incorrect" on page 380
• "Color Registration Is out of Alignment" on page 381
• "Protrudent/Bumpy Paper" on page 382
NOTE:
• In this section, some procedures use the Printer Setting Utility or the SimpleMonitor . Some procedures that use the Printer Setting Utility can also be performed using the operator panel .
See also:
• "Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 296
• "Printer Setting Utility (Windows Only)" on page 58
• "SimpleMonitor (Windows Only)" on page 59
366 Troubleshooting
„
The Output Is Too Light
Problem
The output is too light.
Action
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the amount of toner in each toner cartridge .
1 Check the toner level in the Consumables tab in the Printer
Status window of the SimpleMonitor .
2 Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
Verify that the print media is dry and the correct print media is used.
If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
See also:
• "Usable Print Media" on page 120
Try changing the paper type setting in the print driver. The following procedure uses the Windows print driver as an example.
1 On the Paper/Output tab in Printing Preferences of the print driver, change the Paper Type setting.
2 Load dry (not damp) and correct size print media, and then click
Print Test Page in the Properties window of the print driver.
Disable the toner saving feature in the print driver.
See also:
• "Conserving Supplies" on page 436
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Troubleshooting 367
„
Toner Smears or Print Comes Off/Stain on Back Side
Problem
Toner smears or print comes off.
The output has stain on the back side.
Action
The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the paper type setting in the print driver. For example, change Plain to Lightweight
Cardstock . The following procedure uses the Windows print driver as an example.
1 On the Paper/Output tab in Printing Preferences of the print driver, change the Paper Type setting.
Verify that the correct print media is being used.
If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
See also:
• "Usable Print Media" on page 120
Adjust the temperature of the fusing unit.
1 Launch the Printer Setting Utility , and click Adjust Fusing Unit on the Printer Maintenance tab.
2 Adjust the fixing temperature by turning up the value for your printing media.
3 Click the Apply New Settings button.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
368 Troubleshooting
„
Random Spots/Blurred Images
Problem
The printed result has random spots or is blurred.
Action
Make sure that the toner cartridges are installed correctly.
See also:
• "Installing a Toner Cartridge" on page 425
If you use non-genuine brand toner cartridges , install genuine brand toner cartridges .
Clean up the fusing unit.
1 Load one sheet of paper on the MPF , and then print a solid image all over paper.
2 Load the printed sheet with the side to be printed on facing down, and then print a blank sheet of paper.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Troubleshooting 369
„
The Entire Output Is Blank
If this trouble happens, contact the Fuji Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
370 Troubleshooting
„
Streaks Appear on the Output
If this trouble happens, contact the Fuji Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Troubleshooting 371
„
Pitched Color Dots
If this trouble happens, contact the Fuji Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
372 Troubleshooting
„
Vertical Blanks
Problem
The printed result has vertical blanks.
Action
Clean inside the printer and perform test print.
1 Clean inside the printer by using the print head cleaning rod .
2 Click Print Test Page in the Properties window of the print driver.
See also:
• "Cleaning Inside the Printer" on page 418
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Troubleshooting 373
„
Mottle
Problem
The printed result has mottled appearance.
Action
Adjust the transfer bias.
1 Launch the Printer Setting Utility , click Adjust BTR on the Printer
Maintenance tab.
2 Adjust the setting for the type of print media being used.
3 Click the Apply New Settings button.
If you use non-recommended print media, use the print media recommended for the printer.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
374 Troubleshooting
„
Ghosting
Problem Action
The printed result has ghosting.
Adjust the transfer bias.
1 Launch the Printer Setting Utility , and click Chart Print on the
Diagnosis tab.
2 Click the Ghost Configuration Chart button.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.
3 Click BTR Refresh Mode on the Printer Maintenance tab.
4 Select the check box next to On, and then click the Apply New
Settings button.
5 Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
6 Click the Ghost Configuration Chart button.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.
The print media surface may be uneven. Try changing the paper type setting in the print driver. For example, change Plain to Lightweight
Cardstock . The following procedure uses the Windows print driver as an example.
1 On the Paper/Output tab in Printing Preferences of the print driver, change the Paper Type setting.
Adjust the temperature of the fusing unit.
1 Launch the Printer Setting Utility , and click Adjust Fusing Unit on the Printer Maintenance tab.
2 Adjust the fixing temperature by turning up the value for your printing media.
3 Click the Apply New Settings button.
If you use non-recommended print media, use the print media recommended for the printer.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Troubleshooting 375
„
Fog
Problem
The printed result is foggy.
Action
When the whole is printed light, contact the Fuji Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
When the printed page is partly light, start Clean Developer.
1 Launch the Printer Setting Utility , and click Clean Developer on the Diagnosis tab.
2 Click the Start button.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
376 Troubleshooting
„
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
Problem
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO) is happening.
Action
If the printer is installed in a high altitude location, set the altitude of the location.
1 Launch the Printer Setting Utility , and click Adjust Altitude on the
Printer Maintenance tab.
2 Select the value close to the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
3 Click the Apply New Settings button.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Troubleshooting 377
„
Auger Mark
Problem
The printed result has auger mark.
Action
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be replaced. Confirm the amount of toner in each toner cartridge .
1 Check the toner level in the Consumables tab in the Printer
Status window of the SimpleMonitor .
2 Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
Start Clean Developer.
1 Launch the Printer Setting Utility , and click Clean Developer on the Diagnosis tab.
2 Click the Start button.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
378 Troubleshooting
„
Wrinkled/Stained Paper
Problem
The output is wrinkled.
The output is stained.
Action
Verify that the correct print media is being used.
If not, use the print media recommended for the printer.
If excessive wrinkles occur, use paper or other media from a new package.
See also:
• "Usable Print Media" on page 120
• "About Print Media" on page 114
If you use the envelope, check whether the crease is within 30 mm of the four edges of the envelope.
If the crease is within 30 mm of the four edges of the envelope, this is considered normal. Your printer is not at fault.
If not, take the following actions:
• If the envelope is Com 10 , which is 220 mm or longer and has a flap on the long edge, use a different size envelope.
• If the envelope is C5 , which is 220 mm or longer and has a flap on the short edge, load it in the MPF with the flap open and facing up.
• If the envelope is Monarch or DL , which is shorter than 220 mm, load it long edge feed in the MPF with the flap open and facing up.
If the problem continues, use a different size envelope.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Troubleshooting 379
„
The Top Margin Is Incorrect
Problem
The top margin is incorrect.
Action
Make sure that the margins are set correctly on the application being used.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
380 Troubleshooting
„
Color Registration Is out of Alignment
Problem
Color registration is out of alignment.
Action
Execute auto color registration adjustment.
1 Launch the Printer Setting Utility , and click Registration
Adjustment on the Printer Maintenance tab.
2 Deselect the check box next to On.
3 Click the Start button next to Auto Correct.
Clean the CTD sensor.
1 Clean the CTD sensor.
2 Launch the Printer Setting Utility , and click Registration
Adjustment on the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Deselect the check box next to On.
4 Click the Start button next to Auto Correct.
See also:
• "Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor" on page 421
Print the color registration chart and manually correct the color registration.
1 Launch the Printer Setting Utility , and click Registration
Adjustment on the Printer Maintenance tab.
2 Deselect the check box next to On.
3 Click the Start button next to Print Color Regi Chart.
The color registration chart is printed.
4 Check the values with the straight lines on the chart.
5 Select the value for each color on the Printer Setting Utility .
6 Click the Apply New Settings button.
7 Click the Start button next to Print Color Regi Chart to print the color registration chart again.
8 Adjust till all straight lines are at the value of 0.
See also:
• "Adjusting Color Registration" on page 385
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
Troubleshooting 381
„
Protrudent/Bumpy Paper
Problem
Printed surface got protrudent/bumpy.
Action
Clean up the fusing unit.
1 Load one sheet of paper on the MPF , and then print a solid image all over paper.
2 Load the printed sheet with the side to be printed on facing down, and then print a blank sheet of paper.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
382 Troubleshooting
Copy Problem
Problem
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
A document loaded in the ADF cannot be copied.
Action
Make sure that the ADF cover is firmly closed.
Troubleshooting 383
Copy Quality Problems
Problem
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
There are lines or streaks in copies made from the ADF .
Action
There is debris on the ADF glass . When scanning, the paper from the
ADF passes over the debris creating lines or streaks.
Clean the ADF glass with a lint free cloth.
See also:
• "Cleaning the Scanner" on page 415
There are spots in copies taken from the document glass .
There is debris on the document glass . When scanning, the debris creates a spot on the image.
Clean the document glass with a lint free cloth.
The reverse side of the original is showing on the copy.
Light colors are washed out or white on the copy.
Image is too light or dark.
See also:
• "Cleaning the Scanner" on page 415
On the Copy menu, enable Auto Exposure.
For information on turning Auto Exposure on and off, see "Auto
On the Copy menu, disable Auto Exposure.
For information on turning Auto Exposure on and off, see "Auto
Use the Lighter/Darker option on the Copy menu.
For information on making the image lighter or darker, see
.
NOTE:
• If the problem continues even though you have taken suggested actions described above, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
384 Troubleshooting
Adjusting Color Registration
This section describes how to adjust the color registration when you first install the printer or after moving it to a new location.
This section includes:
• "Performing Auto Correct" on page 386
• "Printing the Color Registration Chart" on page 387
• "Determining Values" on page 388
• "Entering Values" on page 389
Troubleshooting 385
„
Performing Auto Correct
Auto Correct allows you to correct the color registration automatically.
Using the
Operator Panel
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Maintenance, and then press the button.
4 Select Adjust ColorRegi, and then press the button.
5 Select Auto Adjust, and then press the button.
6 Select Yes, and then press the button.
Auto Correct is performed.
Using the
Printer Setting Utility
(Windows Only)
The following procedure uses Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 as an example.
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Printer Setting Utility.
NOTE:
• The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple print drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of the desired printer listed in Printer Name.
The Printer Setting Utility opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the page.
The Registration Adjustment page is displayed.
4 Deselect the check box next to On.
5 Click the Start button next to Auto Correct.
The color registration is corrected automatically.
386 Troubleshooting
„
Printing the Color Registration Chart
Using the
Printer Setting Utility
(Windows Only)
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Printer Setting Utility.
NOTE:
• The window to select a printer appears in this step, when multiple print drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of the desired printer listed in Printer Name.
The Printer Setting Utility opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the page.
The Registration Adjustment page is displayed.
4 Deselect the check box next to On.
5 Click the Start button next to Print Color Regi Chart.
The color registration chart is printed.
Troubleshooting 387
„
Determining Values
On the color registration chart printed, find the straightest lines where the two black lines and the colored line are most closely aligned for each color (Y, M, and C).
If you find the straightest line, make a note of the value (-5 – +5) indicated by the straightest line for each color.
When the value is 0 for each color, you do not need to adjust the color registration.
388 Troubleshooting
„
Entering Values
Using the
Printer Setting Utility
(Windows Only)
Using the Printer Setting Utility , enter the values that you found in the color registration chart to make adjustments.
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Printer Setting Utility.
NOTE:
• The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple print drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of the desired printer listed in Printer Name.
The Printer Setting Utility opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select Color Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the page.
The Color Registration Adjustment page is displayed.
4 Deselect the check box next to On.
5 Select the value you checked in the color registration chart, and then click the Apply New
Settings button.
6 Click the Start button next to Print Color Regi Chart.
7 Select the paper size, and then click OK.
The color registration chart is printed with the new values.
8 Adjust until all straight lines are at the value of 0. Show image of before and after adjustment will help.
IMPORTANT:
• After printing the color registration chart, do not turn off the printer until the printer motor has stopped running.
• If 0 is not next to the straightest lines, determine the values and adjust the printer again.
Troubleshooting 389
Fax Problems (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Problem
The printer is not working, there is no display and the buttons are not working.
No dial tone sounds.
Action
Unplug the power cord and plug it in again.
Make sure that there is power to the electrical receptacle.
Check that the phone line is connected properly.
See also:
• "Connecting the Telephone Line" on page 236
The numbers stored in the memory do not dial correctly.
The document does not feed into the printer.
Check that the phone socket in the wall is working by plugging in another phone.
Make sure that the numbers are stored in the memory correctly. Print the Address Book List .
Make sure that the document is not wrinkled and you are putting it in correctly. Check that the document is of the right size, not too thick or thin.
Faxes are not received automatically.
Make sure that the ADF cover is firmly closed.
Select Fax for Receive Mode.
Make sure that there is paper in the PSI or the MPF .
Check if the LCD panel shows Memory Full.
Check the Junk Fax Setup setting.
The printer does not send faxes.
Check the other fax machine you are sending to, to see if it can receive your fax.
The incoming fax has blank spaces or is received in poorquality.
The fax machine sending you the fax may be faulty. Ask the sender to sort out the problem and resend the fax.
A noisy phone line can cause line errors. Ask the sender to resend the fax.
Check your printer by making a copy.
The toner cartridge may be empty. Replace the toner cartridge .
Some of the words on an incoming fax are stretched.
There are lines on the documents you send.
See also:
• "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 422
The fax machine sending you the fax had a temporary document jam.
Ask the sender to clear the document jam and resend the fax.
Check your ADF glass for marks and clean it.
The printer dials a number, but the connection with another fax machine fails.
Documents are not stored in the memory.
See also:
• "Cleaning the Scanner" on page 415
The other fax machine may be turned off, out of paper, or cannot answer incoming calls. Ask the sender to sort out the problem and retry.
There may not be enough memory to store the document. If the LCD panel shows Memory Full, delete any documents you no longer need from the memory and then restore the document, or wait for the job in progress (e.g., a fax transmission or reception) to complete.
390 Troubleshooting
Problem
Blank areas appear at the bottom of each page or on other pages, with a small strip of text at the top.
Action
You may have chosen the wrong paper settings in the user option setting. Correct the paper settings.
The printer will not send or receive faxes.
See also:
Check if the region is set correctly.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Fax Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Region, and then press the button.
5 When the setting is correct, press the (Back) button to return to the previous screen.
To change the setting, select the correct region and then press the
button. Select Yes to reboot the printer.
Check that the phone line is connected properly.
An error often occurs during a fax transmission or reception.
See also:
• "Connecting the Telephone Line" on page 236
Reduce the modem speed.
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu, and then press the button.
3 Select Fax Settings, and then press the button.
4 Select Modem Speed, and then press the button.
5 Select the desired menu item, and then press the button.
Troubleshooting 391
Scanning Problems
Problem
The scanner does not work.
The printer scans very slowly.
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Document misfeeds or multiple feeds occur in the ADF .
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Vertical stripes appear on the output when scanned using the
ADF .
A smear appears at the same location on the output when scanned using the document glass .
Images are skewed.
Action
Make sure that you place the document to be scanned facing down on the document glass , or facing up in the ADF . ( ADF is available only for the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
There may not be enough available memory to hold the document you want to scan. Try the Preview function to see if that works. Try lowering the scan resolution rate.
Check that the Ethernet or USB cable is connected properly.
Make sure that the Ethernet or USB cable is not defective. Switch the cable with a known good cable. If necessary, replace the cable.
Check that the scanner is configured correctly. Check the application you want to use to make certain that the scanner job is being sent to the correct port.
For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, graphics are scanned more slowly than text when using the Scan to E-Mail or Scan to Network feature.
Communication speed becomes slow in scan mode because of the large amount of memory required to analyze and reproduce the scanned image.
Scanning images at a high resolution takes more time than scanning at a low resolution.
Make sure that the document’s paper type meets the specifications for the printer.
See also:
• "Preparing a Document" on page 163
• "Making Copies From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw
Check whether the document is properly loaded in the ADF .
Make sure that the document guides are adjusted properly.
Make sure that the number of document sheets do not exceed the maximum capacity of the ADF .
Make sure that the document is not curled.
Fan the document well before loading it in the ADF .
Clean the ADF glass .
See also:
• "Cleaning the Scanner" on page 415
Clean the document glass .
See also:
• "Cleaning the Scanner" on page 415
Make sure that you place the document to be scanned facing down on the document glass , or facing up in the ADF . ( ADF is available only for DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.)
392 Troubleshooting
Problem
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Diagonal lines appear jagged when scanned using the ADF .
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
The printer does not properly transfer scan data to a specified destination via the Scan to E-Mail or Scan to Network feature.
Action
If the document uses thick media, try scanning it from the document glass .
Check if the following settings have been set correctly on the
CentreWare Internet Services .
Scan to E-Mail
Check the following setting under Address Book → Personal
Address:
• Address
Cannot scan using Windows
Image Acquisition (WIA) on a
Windows Server computer.
®
2003
Scan to Network
Check the following settings under Address Book →
Computer/Server Address Book:
• Name (Displayed on Printer)
• Network Type
• Host Address (IP Address or DNS Name)
• Port Number
• Login Name (if required by host)
• Login Password
• Name of Shared Directory
• Subdirectory Path (optional)
Enable WIA on the computer.
To enable WIA:
1 Click Start, point to Administrative Tools, and then click
Services.
2 Right-click Windows Image Acquisition (WIA), and then click
Properties to make sure that Startup type is set to Manual or
Automatic.
3 Click OK.
4 Right-click Windows Image Acquisition (WIA), and then click
Start.
Troubleshooting 393
Problem
Cannot scan using TWAIN or
WIA on a Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2008 R2, or
Windows Server 2012 computer.
Action
Install the Desktop Experience feature on the computer.
To install Desktop Experience :
For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2:
1 Click Start, point to Administrative Tools, and then click Server
Manager.
2 Under Features Summary, click Add Features.
3 Select the Desktop Experience check box.
4 If a window appears, follow the on-screen instructions.
5 Click Next, and then click Install.
6 Restart the computer.
For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2:
1 On the Start screen, click Server Manager.
2 Click Add roles and features to start Add Roles and Features
Wizard.
3 On the Before you begin screen, click Next.
4 On the Select installation type screen, confirm that Role-based
or feature-based installation is selected, and then click Next.
5 On the Select destination server screen, select an appropriate server and then click Next.
6 On the Select server roles screen, click Next.
7 On the Select features screen, select the Desktop Experience check box under User Interfaces and Infrastructure (Installed) in the Features list.
8 On the pop-up window, click Add Features.
9 On the Select features screen, click Next.
10 On the Confirm installation selections screen, click Install.
11 Restart the computer.
394 Troubleshooting
Scan Driver/Printer Utility Problems
Problem
(DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw only)
Unable to retrieve the Address
Book data from the printer on the
Address Book Editor .
The TWAIN driver cannot connect to the printer.
Action
Make sure that your computer and the printer is properly connected with the USB cable or Ethernet cable.
Make sure that the printer is turned on.
Make sure that the print driver is installed on your computer. (The
Address Book Editor retrieves the Address Book data via the print driver.)
Make sure that your computer and the printer is properly connected with the USB cable.
Check whether the printer is turned on. If the printer is turned on, reboot it by turning the power switch off and then on again.
If a scan application is running, close the application once, restart the application, and then try scanning again.
Install the scan driver. If the driver is already installed, uninstall it and then reinstall it.
The scan driver has not been registered on your computer and cannot be accessed from the
Express Scan Manager .
Failed to scan your document on the printer via the Express Scan
Manager .
Failed to create an image file via the Express Scan Manager
Failed to initialize the
Scan Manager
Failed to execute the
Scan Manager
.
An unexpected error occurred on the
.
.
Express
Express
Express Scan Manager .
Make sure that your computer and the printer is properly connected with the USB cable.
Check whether the printer is turned on. If the printer is turned on, reboot it by turning the power switch off and then on again.
If a scan application is running, close the application once, restart the application, and then try scanning again.
Make sure that there is sufficient space in your hard disk.
Uninstall the Express Scan Manager on your computer and then reinstall it.
Uninstall the Express Scan Manager on your computer and then reinstall it.
Uninstall the Express Scan Manager on your computer and then reinstall it.
Uninstall the Express Scan Manager on your computer and then reinstall it.
Troubleshooting 395
Wireless Problems (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)
Problem
Cannot setup wireless connection.
Action
Make sure that the Ethernet cable is disconnected from the printer.
Make sure that Wi-Fi is set to On.
See also:
• "Wireless Setup (DocuPrint CM215 fw Only)" on page 301
Try disabling the firewall on your computer. The firewall on your computer may be blocking communication with your printer.
Make sure that the security setting of the wireless LAN access point or router is WPA or WPA2. (WEP is not supported on WPS.)
Cannot setup wireless connection with WPS (Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
®
).
Cannot setup wireless connection with the WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi
Protected Setup-Push Button
Configuration).
Cannot setup wireless connection with WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected
Setup-Personal Identification
Number).
Press the WPS button on the wireless LAN access point or router within two minutes after starting the WPS operation on the printer. For details about the wireless LAN access point or router, refer to the manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point or router.
Check if the PIN you have entered on the computer is correct.
396 Troubleshooting
Other Problem
Problem
Condensation has occurred inside the printer.
Action
This usually occurs within several hours after you heat the room in winter. This also occurs when the printer is operating in a location where relative humidity reaches 85% or more. Adjust the humidity or relocate the printer to an appropriate environment.
Troubleshooting 397
Understanding Printer Messages
The printer LCD panel displays messages describing the current state of the printer and indicates possible printer problems you must resolve. This section describes error codes included in the messages, their meanings, and how to clear the messages.
IMPORTANT:
• When an error message is displayed, the print data remaining on the printer and the information accumulated in the memory of the printer are not secured.
Error Code
005-121
005-301
What You Can Do
Open the ADF cover . Remove the jammed paper and then close the ADF cover .
See also:
• "Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 351
Replace the specified toner cartridge .
See also:
• "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 422
009-950
009-951
009-952
009-953
010-397
016-315
016-317
016-372
016-501
016-502
016-503
Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
See also:
• "Online Services" on page 443
016-504
016-506
016-507
016-718
016-719
016-720
016-744
016-745
016-749
016-764
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the SMTP server setting is correct by contacting your server administrator.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the user name and password for the
POP3 server are set correctly by contacting your server administrator.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the SMTP server address and email destination are set correctly.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the user name and password used for the SMTP server are set correctly by contacting your server administrator.
Press the button to clear the message. Retry when the printer does not process any job.
Press the button to cancel the current job. Retry when the printer does not process any job.
Press the button to clear the message. If this does not solve the problem, contact the
Fuji Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
See also:
• "Online Services" on page 443
Press the button to cancel the current job. Retry when the printer does not process any job.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the Ethernet cable is properly connected. If this does not solve the problem, contact SMTP server administrator.
398 Troubleshooting
016-767
016-791
016-920
016-930
016-931
016-981
016-985
Error Code
016-766
What You Can Do
Press the button to clear the message. Ping the IP address of the SMTP server and check if the server is available. If this does not solve the problem, contact SMTP server administrator.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the recipient address is correct, and try scanning again.
Insert the USB memory device and press the button to clear the message.
Press the button to clear the message. Check the wireless setting for the access point and the printer.
Remove the device from the USB drive and press the button to clear the message.
017-970
017-980
017-981
017-988
018-338
024-340
024-360
024-371
024-958
024-963
026-720
Press the button to cancel the current job. Try copying fewer documents.
Attached file size is larger than you defined. Press the button to clear the message.
Try the following:
• Enlarge Max E-Mail Size.
• Lower the resolution setting.
• Change the file format of the scanned image.
Memory is likely to be full. Press the button to clear the message. Try the following:
• Delete the data stored in the memory.
• Lower the resolution setting.
• Reduce the number of pages.
Press the button to clear the message. Retry when the printer does not process any job.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the interface cable is securely connected or your computer does not have any problem.
Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
See also:
• "Online Services" on page 443
Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
See also:
• "Online Services" on page 443
Load the specified paper and press the button to clear the message.
See also:
• "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 123
• "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 131
Press the button to clear the message and load the specified paper. Follow the onscreen instruction if one appears.
See also:
• "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 123
• "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 131
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the USB memory device has enough memory.
Troubleshooting 399
400
031-529
031-530
031-533
031-534
031-535
031-536
031-537
031-555
031-556
031-557
031-558
031-571
031-574
031-575
031-576
031-578
Error Code
026-721
026-722
026-723
026-750
026-751
026-752
027-446
027-452
031-521
031-526
What You Can Do
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the USB memory device is writeprotected or gets any disk problem.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the path and file name to save the data is too long.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the interface cable is securely connected, or restart the application you use.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the interface cable is securely connected.
Change IP address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and turn it on again.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the access setting to the SMB server is correct by contacting your server administrator.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the domain name of the SMB server is correct. Check DNS connection, or check if the name of the forwarding destination server is registered with DNS.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the Ethernet cable is properly connected and if the password for the SMB server is correct.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the working path setting to the SMB server is correct.
Press the button to clear the message. Check the following:
• If the file name you specified is not used by other users.
• If file or folder that has the same name as the one you specified already exists.
• If the SMB server encounters any write-protection or disk problem.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the SMB server encounters any write-protection or disk problem.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the storage location has free space.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the network is properly connected.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the SMB server encounters any write-protection or disk problem.
Press the button to clear the message. Check the following:
• If the file name you specified is not used by other users.
• If file or folder that has the same name as the one you specified already exists.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the access setting to the SMB server is correct by contacting your server administrator.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the Ethernet cable is properly connected.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the domain name of the FTP server is correct.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the host name setting to the FTP server is correct.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the FTP server encounters any write-protection or disk problem.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the Ethernet cable is properly connected and if login name (user name) and password for the FTP server are correct.
Troubleshooting
Error Code
031-579
031-582
031-584
031-585
031-587
031-588
031-589
031-594
031-598
033-503
033-513
033-517
033-518
033-519
033-787
033-788
034-700
034-701
034-702
What You Can Do
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the working path setting to the FTP server is correct.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the FTP server encounters any write-protection or disk problem.
Press the button to clear the message. Check the following:
• If the file name you specified is not used by other users.
• If file or folder that has the same name as the one you specified already exists.
• If the FTP server encounters any write-protection or disk problem.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the FTP server encounters any delete/write-protection or disk problem.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the FTP server encounters any write-protection or disk problem.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the storage location has free space.
Press the button to clear the message. Contact your server administrator to check if the scanned file has wrong setting while being stored to FTP server. If this does not solve the problem, contact the Fuji Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
See also:
• "Online Services" on page 443
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the FTP server encounters any write-protection or disk problem.
Press the button to clear the message. Check the report. Delete the unnecessary data stored in the memory.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the password of the fax lock is correct.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if your country is set correctly.
Fax service is locked. To continue, press the button and disable the fax lock.
See also:
• "Limiting Access to Printer Operations" on page 341
Press the button to clear the message. The job is cancelled.
Press the button to clear the message. Remove the received fax, or wait for a while until sending a fax is completed.
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the redial for the specified number of times, try the following:
• Check if the phone line is connected properly.
• Check if the destination number is correct.
• Set Number of Redial to the largest value.
• Set Interval Timer or Redial Delay longer.
See also:
• "Connecting the Telephone Line" on page 236
Troubleshooting 401
Error Code
034-703
034-704
034-705
034-706
034-707
034-708
034-709
034-710
034-711
034-712
034-713
034-714
034-715
034-716
034-717
034-718
034-719
What You Can Do
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the redial for the specified number of times, try the following:
• Check if the phone line is connected properly.
• Check if the destination number is available and correct.
• Set Number of Redial to the largest value.
• Set Interval Timer or Redial Delay longer.
See also:
• "Connecting the Telephone Line" on page 236
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the redial for the specified number of times, try the following:
• Set Number of Redial to the largest value.
• Set Interval Timer or Redial Delay longer.
• Lower Modem Speed.
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the redial for the specified number of times, try the following:
• Set Number of Redial to the largest value.
• Set Interval Timer or Redial Delay longer.
• Lower Modem Speed.
• Check if the destination number is available.
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the redial for the specified number of times, try the following:
• Set Number of Redial to the largest value.
• Set Interval Timer or Redial Delay longer.
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the redial for the specified number of times, try the following:
• Set Number of Redial to the largest value.
• Set Interval Timer or Redial Delay longer.
• Lower Modem Speed.
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the redial for the specified number of times, try the following:
• Set Number of Redial to the largest value.
• Set Interval Timer or Redial Delay longer.
• Check if the destination number is available.
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the redial for the specified number of times, try the following:
• Set Number of Redial to the largest value.
• Set Interval Timer or Redial Delay longer.
• Lower Modem Speed.
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the retry for the specified number of times, it will be cancelled. When retrying sending the fax, lower Modem Speed.
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the retry for the specified number of times, it will be cancelled. Retry sending the fax.
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the retry for the specified number of times, it will be cancelled. When retrying sending the fax, lower Modem Speed.
402 Troubleshooting
034-751
034-752
034-753
034-754
034-755
034-756
034-757
034-758
Error Code
034-720
034-721
034-722
034-723
034-724
034-725
034-726
034-727
What You Can Do
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the retry for the specified number of times, it will be cancelled. When retrying sending the fax, try the following:
• Lower Modem Speed.
• Enable ECM.
Press the button to clear the message. If the error continues to appear after the retry for the specified number of times, it will be cancelled. When retrying sending the fax, lower Modem Speed.
034-750
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the destination number is available.
If the error continues to appear after the retry for the specified number of times, it will be cancelled.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the phone line is connected properly.
See also:
• "Connecting the Telephone Line" on page 236
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the destination machine blocks your fax as the junk fax. If it does, ask the receiver to disable the setting.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the phone line is connected properly.
See also:
• "Connecting the Telephone Line" on page 236
Press the button to clear the message. Lower Modem Speed.
034-759
034-760
034-761
034-762
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the phone line is connected properly.
Or, lower Modem Speed.
See also:
• "Connecting the Telephone Line" on page 236
Press the button to clear the message. Lower Modem Speed.
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the phone line is connected properly.
See also:
• "Connecting the Telephone Line" on page 236
Press the button to clear the message. Try the following:
• Lower Modem Speed.
• Enable ECM.
Press the button to clear the message. Lower Modem Speed.
034-763
034-764
034-765
034-766
Troubleshooting 403
404
034-768
041-340
042-358
042-372
061-370
062-321
062-360
062-790
075-100
Error Code
034-767
What You Can Do
Press the button to clear the message. Check if the phone line is connected properly.
See also:
• "Connecting the Telephone Line" on page 236
Press the button to clear the message. Lower Modem Speed.
Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
See also:
• "Online Services" on page 443
075-921
077-100
077-104
077-106
077-108
077-109
077-304
077-900
Press the button to clear the message. The scanned data is deleted. Retry scanning the document.
Check and clear the paper path, load the paper, and then press the button to clear the message.
See also:
• "Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of the Printer" on page 355
Load paper for the second side (odd) pages, and press the button.
See also:
• "Manual Duplex Printing" on page 136
Open the rear cover and remove the jammed paper.
See also:
• "Clearing Paper Jams From the Rear of the Printer" on page 356
077-901
091-402
091-441
Close the rear cover .
Open the rear cover and remove the jammed paper.
See also:
• "Clearing Paper Jams From the Center Output Tray" on page 358
Open the rear cover and remove the jammed paper.
See also:
• "Clearing Paper Jams From the Rear of the Printer" on page 356
The service life of your printer is coming to an end and the printer will soon stop running.
If you want to keep using the printer, change the Machine Life setting to Continue
Print. However, continuous use of the printer will degrade the print quality.
See also:
The printer has exceeded its service life or the settings have been changed to continue using it. The quality of printouts will degrade if the printer continues to be used.
See also:
Troubleshooting
093-423
093-424
093-425
093-426
093-919
093-920
093-921
093-922
093-930
093-931
093-932
093-933
093-926
093-960
093-961
093-962
093-970
093-971
093-972
093-973
Error Code
092-310
092-651
092-661
092-910
What You Can Do
Clean the CTD sensor.
See also:
• "Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor" on page 421
Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
See also:
• "Online Services" on page 443
Clean the CTD sensor.
See also:
• "Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor" on page 421
Replace the specified toner cartridge soon.
See also:
• "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 422
Re-install or replace the specified toner cartridge .
See also:
• "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 422
Remove the specified toner cartridge and install a new one. If you do not replace the toner cartridge , print quality problems may occur.
See also:
• "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 422
Replace the specified toner cartridge with the supported one.
See also:
• "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 422
Re-install the specified toner cartridge .
See also:
• "Installing a Toner Cartridge" on page 425
Troubleshooting 405
Error Code
116-210
116-314
116-323
116-325
116-326
116-335
116-355
116-395
117-331
117-332
117-333
117-334
117-340
117-342
117-343
117-344
117-346
117-348
What You Can Do
Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
See also:
• "Online Services" on page 443
Retry, and check the report. Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem, contact the Fuji Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
See also:
• "Online Services" on page 443
Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem, contact the Fuji
Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
117-349
117-350
117-351
117-366
124-333
134-211
191-310
See also:
• "Online Services" on page 443
Although the service life of your printer has been over and the printer stopped running, you can still use the printer by pressing the (Back) button and the button at the same time. However, continuous use of the printer will degrade the print quality.
191-311
193-700
See also:
The life of your printer has been over and you can no longer use the printer.
This message indicates the printer is in the Non-Genuine Mode .
NOTE:
• As for the following message, which does not include an error code, refer to the table below for the solution.
Error Message
USB Memory Error
Cannot Mount File System
Remove from USB Port
What You Can Do
Remove the USB memory device and check if it is usable. Press the
button to clear the message.
406 Troubleshooting
Contacting Service
When you call for printer service, be prepared to describe the problem you are experiencing or the error message on the LCD panel .
You need to know the model of your printer and serial number. See the label on the rear cover of your printer.
Troubleshooting 407
Getting Help
This section includes:
• "LCD Panel Messages" on page 408
• "SimpleMonitor Alerts (Windows Only)" on page 408
• "Obtaining the Product Information" on page 408
Fuji Xerox provides several automatic diagnostic tools to help you produce and maintain print quality.
„
LCD Panel Messages
The LCD panel provides you with information and troubleshooting help. When an error or warning condition occurs, the LCD panel displays a message informing you of the problem.
See also:
• "Understanding Printer Messages" on page 398
„
SimpleMonitor Alerts (Windows Only)
The SimpleMonitor is a tool that is included on the Software Pack CD-ROM. It automatically checks the printer status when you send a print job. If the printer is unable to print your job, the SimpleMonitor automatically displays an alert on your computer screen to let you know that the printer needs attention.
„
Obtaining the Product Information
Obtaining the Latest Print Driver
The latest print driver can be obtained by downloading it from our web site.
The following procedure uses the Windows print driver as an example.
NOTE:
• The communication fee shall be borne by users.
1 In your print driver's Properties window, click the Configuration tab and then click About.
2 Click Fuji Xerox Web Site.
Your web browser launches and our web site is displayed.
3 Follow the instructions on the web site and download an appropriate print driver.
NOTE:
• The URL of the driver download service page is as follows: http://www.fujixeroxprinters.com/
• For the latest information about the print driver features, refer to the Help provided for the print driver.
408 Troubleshooting
Updating the Printer's Firmware
Our web site also provides a tool that allows you to update the printer's firmware (software embedded within the printer) from your computer.
The latest firmware and updating tool can be downloaded from the following URL.
Follow the instructions on the web site and download the correct firmware update.
http://www.fujixeroxprinters.com/
NOTE:
• The communication fee shall be borne by users.
Troubleshooting 409
Non-Genuine Mode
When toner within a toner cartridge is empty, the XXXX Cartridge is Close to Life or
Replace XXXX Cartridge (XXXX: Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, or Black) message appears.
When you want to use the printer in the Non-Genuine Mode , enable the Non-Genuine Mode and replace the toner cartridge .
IMPORTANT:
• If you use the printer in the Non-Genuine Mode , the performance of the printer may not be at its optimum. And any problems that may arise from the use of the Non-Genuine Mode are not covered by our quality guarantee.
The continuous use of the Non-Genuine Mode can also cause the printer to break down, and any repair charges for such break down will be incurred by users.
NOTE:
• To disable the Non-Genuine Mode , select Off for Non-Genuine Mode on the operator panel or deselect the check box next to On on the Non-Genuine Mode page on the Printer Maintenance tab in the Printer Setting
Utility .
„
Using the Operator Panel
NOTE:
• Before starting the operation described below, confirm that the Select Function screen is displayed on the
LCD panel .
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Admin Menu and then press the button.
3 Select Maintenance and then press the button.
4 Select Non-Genuine Mode and then press the button.
5 Select On and then press the button.
6 Press the button until the top page is displayed.
The printer switches to the Non-Genuine Mode .
410 Troubleshooting
„
Using the Printer Setting Utility (Windows Only)
The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example.
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → Printer Setting Utility.
NOTE:
• The window to select a printer appears in this step, when multiple print drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of the desired printer listed in Printer Name.
The Printer Setting Utility opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select Non-Genuine Mode from the list at the left side of the page.
The Non-Genuine Mode page is displayed.
4 Select the check box next to On, and then click the Apply New Settings button.
Troubleshooting 411
412 Troubleshooting
Maintenance
This chapter includes:
• "Cleaning the Printer" on page 414
• "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 422
• "Ordering Supplies" on page 427
• "Storing Consumables" on page 431
• "Managing the Printer" on page 432
• "Conserving Supplies" on page 436
• "Checking Page Counts" on page 437
• "Moving the Printer" on page 438
11
Maintenance 413
Cleaning the Printer
This section describes how to clean the printer in order to maintain it in good condition and print clean printouts all the time.
WARNING:
• When cleaning this product, use the designated cleaning materials exclusive to it. Other cleaning materials may result in poor performance of the product. Never use aerosol cleaners to avoid catching fire and explosion.
CAUTION:
• When cleaning this product, always switch off and unplug it. Access to a live machine interior may cause electric shock.
This section includes:
• "Cleaning the Scanner" on page 415
• "Cleaning the ADF Feed Roller (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 417
• "Cleaning Inside the Printer" on page 418
• "Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor" on page 421
414 Maintenance
„
Cleaning the Scanner
Keep the scanner clean to ensure the best possible copies. Clean the scanner at the start of each day and during the day, as needed.
1 Slightly dampen a soft lint-free cloth or paper towel with water.
2 Open the document cover .
3 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, wipe the surface of the document glass and ADF glass until they are clean and dry.
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, wipe the surface of the document glass until it is clean and dry.
1*
4* 2
3
1* Film
2 White Document Cover
3 Document Glass
4* ADF Glass
*: Available only on the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw.
Maintenance 415
4 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, wipe the underside of the white document cover and film until they are clean and dry.
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, wipe the underside of the white document cover until it is clean and dry.
5 Close the document cover .
416 Maintenance
„
Cleaning the ADF Feed Roller (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
Keep the ADF feed roller clean to ensure the best possible copies. Clean the ADF feed roller at regular intervals.
1 Open the ADF cover .
2 Wipe the ADF feed roller with a dry soft lint-free cloth or paper towel until it is clean.
If the ADF feed roller gets soiled with ink stains, paper from the ADF may also be soiled. In this case, slightly dampen a soft lint-free cloth or paper towel with a neutral detergent or water, and then remove the contamination from the ADF feed roller until it is clean and dry.
Maintenance 417
„
Cleaning Inside the Printer
1 Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord .
2 Open the toner access cover .
3 Pinch the toner cartridge firmly as shown in the illustration.
4 Pull the toner cartridge out.
IMPORTANT:
• Always pull the toner cartridge out slowly so you do not spill any toner.
5 Pull the other three toner cartridges out as well.
418 Maintenance
6 Pull the print head cleaning rod out.
7 Insert the print head cleaning rod fully into the hole beside the arrow on the printer until its tip reaches the interior of the printer as illustrated below, and then pull it out.
8 Repeat the same procedure for the other three holes.
9 Insert the print head cleaning rod back to its original location.
Maintenance 419
10 Replace the black toner cartridge by adjusting it to the associated cartridge holder, and then insert it firmly by pressing near the center of the label until the toner cartridge clicks.
11 Replace the other three toner cartridges as well.
12 Close the toner access cover .
420 Maintenance
„
Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor
Clean the CTD sensor only when an alert for the CTD sensor is shown on the Printer Status window or operator panel .
1 Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cord .
2 Push the rear cover handle and open the rear cover .
3 Clean the CTD sensor inside the printer with a clean dry cotton swab.
4 Close the rear cover .
5 Turn on the printer.
Maintenance 421
Replacing Toner Cartridges
Fuji Xerox toner cartridges are available only through Fuji Xerox.
It is recommended that you use Fuji Xerox toner cartridges for your printer. Fuji Xerox does not provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using consumables not supplied by Fuji Xerox.
WARNING:
• Never use a vacuum cleaner for spilled toner and residual toner in this product, toner cartridge or toner bottle.
It may catch fire by electric sparks inside a vacuum cleaner and cause explosion.
Use a broom or a wet cloth to wipe off the spills. If you spill a large volume of toner, contact your local Fuji Xerox representative.
• Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame. Remaining toner in the cartridge may catch fire and cause burn injuries or explosion.
If you have a used toner cartridge no longer needed, contact your local Fuji Xerox representative for its disposal.
CAUTION:
• Keep drum cartridges (or drum if not a cartridge type) and toner cartridges out of the reach of children. If a child accidentally swallows toner, spit it out, rinse mouth with water, drink water and consult a physician immediately.
• When replacing drum cartridges (or drum if not a cartridge type) and toner cartridges, be careful not to spill the toner. In case of any toner spills, avoid contact with clothes, skin, eyes and mouth as well as inhalation.
• If toner spills onto your skin or clothing, wash it off with soap and water.
If you get toner particles in the eyes, wash it out with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes until irritation is gone. Consult a physician if necessary.
If you inhale toner particles, move to a fresh air location and rinse your mouth with water.
If you swallow toner, spit it out, rinse your mouth with water, drink plenty of water and consult a physician immediately.
IMPORTANT:
• Do not shake the used toner cartridge to avoid spilling of the toner.
• Be sure to use the starter toner cartridge shipped with the printer until it gets empty, and then replace it with a purchased one.
This section includes:
• "Removing the Toner Cartridges" on page 424
• "Installing a Toner Cartridge" on page 425
422 Maintenance
„
Overview
The printer has toner cartridges of four colors: black (K), yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan (C).
When a toner cartridge reaches its usable life-span, the following messages appear on the LCD panel .
Message (Example)
093-426 Printer
Black Cartridge is Close to Life*
Replace Cart.
093-933 Printer
Replace
Black Cartridge
Action
The specified toner cartridge has become low. Prepare a new one.
The error code differs depending on the color of the toner cartridge .
• 093-426: Black
• 093-425: Cyan
• 093-424: Magenta
• 093-423: Yellow
The specified toner cartridge has become empty. Replace the old toner cartridge with a new one.
The error code differs depending on the color of the toner cartridge .
• 093-933: Black
• 093-932: Cyan
• 093-931: Magenta
• 093-930: Yellow
* : This warning appears only when Fuji Xerox toner cartridges are used (Non-Genuine Mode is set to
Off.)
IMPORTANT:
• When placing a used toner cartridge on the floor or on a table, place a few sheets of paper under the toner cartridge to catch any toner that may spill.
• Do not reuse old toner cartridges once you remove them from the printer. Doing so can impair print quality.
• Do not shake or pound the used toner cartridges . The remaining toner may spill.
• We recommend you to use up the toner cartridges within one year after removing them from the packaging.
Maintenance 423
„
Removing the Toner Cartridges
1 Turn off the printer.
2 Open the toner access cover .
3 Spread a few sheets of paper on the floor or table where the removed toner cartridge is placed.
4 Pinch the toner cartridge firmly as shown in the illustration.
5 Pull the toner cartridge out.
IMPORTANT:
• Always pull the toner cartridge out slowly so you do not spill any toner.
6 Place the toner cartridge slowly on the sheets of paper spread in step 3 .
424 Maintenance
„
Installing a Toner Cartridge
1 Unpack a new toner cartridge of the desired color and shake it five to six times to distribute the toner evenly.
NOTE:
• Confirm that the color of the new toner cartridge matches that on the handle before replacing it.
• Handle the toner cartridge carefully to avoid spilling of the toner.
2 Remove the tape from the toner cartridge .
3 Adjust the toner cartridge to the associated cartridge holder, and then insert it firmly by pressing near the center of the label until the toner cartridge clicks.
Maintenance 425
4 Close the toner access cover .
5 Turn on the printer.
6 Pack the removed toner cartridge in the box in which the installed toner cartridge was packed up.
7 Take care not to contact with the spilled toner and remove the sheets of paper spread under the removed toner cartridge .
426 Maintenance
Ordering Supplies
This section includes:
• "When to Order Toner Cartridges" on page 429
• "Recycling Supplies" on page 430
The toner cartridges need to be ordered occasionally. Each toner cartridge includes installation instructions on the box.
Maintenance 427
„
Consumables
IMPORTANT:
• Use of consumables not recommended by Fuji Xerox can impair machine quality and performance. Use only consumables recommended by Fuji Xerox.
Product Name
Toner Cartridge [Black] High capacity
Product Code
CT201591
CT201595 (China)
Toner Cartridge [Yellow] Standard capacity CT202133
Toner Cartridge [Yellow] High capacity
CT202136 (China)
CT201594
CT201598 (China)
Toner Cartridge [Magenta] Standard capacity CT202132
Toner Cartridge [Magenta]
Toner Cartridge [Cyan]
Toner Cartridge [Cyan]
High capacity
Standard capacity
High capacity
CT202135 (China)
CT201593
CT201597 (China)
CT202131
CT202134 (China)
CT201592
CT201596 (China)
Printable number of pages
Approx. 2000 pages
Approx. 700 pages
Approx. 1400 pages
Approx. 700 pages
Approx. 1400 pages
Approx. 700 pages
Approx. 1400 pages
IMPORTANT:
• Average standard pages. Declared yield in accordance with ISO/IEC 19798 or ISO/IEC 24712. These values are estimates and vary depending on conditions such as the content being printed, paper size, paper type, the machine’s operating environment, initializing process done when you turn on or off the printer, and adjustments to maintain print quality.
NOTE:
• The printable number of pages for the starter toner cartridges shipped with the printer are approximately 1000 pages for black toner cartridge and 700 pages for yellow, magenta, and cyan toner cartridges .
• Each toner cartridge includes installation instructions on the box.
428 Maintenance
„
When to Order Toner Cartridges
The LCD panel displays a warning when the toner cartridge nears its replacement time. Verify that you have replacements on hand. It is important to order a toner cartridge when the messages first appear to avoid interruptions to your printing. The LCD panel displays an error message when the toner cartridge must be replaced.
To order toner cartridges , contact the Fuji Xerox local representative office or an authorised dealer.
IMPORTANT:
• This printer is designed to provide the most stable performance and print quality when used with the recommended toner cartridges . Not using toner cartridges recommended for this machine degrades the performance and printing quality of the printer. You could also incur charges if the machine breaks down. To receive customer support and achieve the optimum performance of the printer, be sure to use recommended toner cartridges .
Maintenance 429
„
Recycling Supplies
• For environmental protection and efficient use of resources, Fuji Xerox reuses returned toner cartridges and drums (photoreceptors) to make recycle parts, recycle materials or energy recovery.
• Proper disposal is required for toner cartridges, drum (photoreceptor) modules no longer needed. Do not open toner cartridges, drum (photoreceptor) modules. Return them to your local
Fuji Xerox representative.
430 Maintenance
Storing Consumables
Store consumables in their original packaging until you need to use them. Do not store consumables in:
• Temperatures greater than 40 °C (140 °F).
• An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.
• Direct sunlight.
• Dusty places.
• A car for a long period of time.
• An environment where corrosive gases are present.
• An environment with salty air.
Maintenance 431
Managing the Printer
This section includes:
• "Checking Printer Status with the SimpleMonitor (Windows Only)" on page 434
• "Checking Printer Status Through E-mail (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)" on page 435
432 Maintenance
„
Checking or Managing the Printer with the CentreWare
Internet Services (DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
When the printer is installed in a TCP/IP environment, you can check printer status and configure settings using a web browser on a network computer. You can also use the CentreWare Internet
Services to check the remaining volume of consumables and the paper loaded in this printer.
NOTE:
• When using the printer as a local printer, you cannot use the CentreWare Internet Services . For details about
Starting the
CentreWare Internet Services
Use the following procedure to start the CentreWare Internet Services .
1 Launch your web browser.
2 Enter the IP address of the printer in the address bar, and then press the Enter key.
The CentreWare Internet Services page appears.
• Using Online Help
For details regarding the items that can be set in each CentreWare Internet Services page, click the
Help button to display the online Help .
Maintenance 433
„
Checking Printer Status with the SimpleMonitor
(Windows Only)
The SimpleMonitor is a tool that is installed with your print driver. It automatically checks the printer status when you send a print job. The SimpleMonitor can also check the status of the tray and remaining amount of toner cartridges .
Starting The
SimpleMonitor
Double-click the SimpleMonitor icon on the taskbar or right-click the icon and select Printer
Selection.
If the SimpleMonitor icon is not displayed on the taskbar, open the SimpleMonitor from the start menu.
The following procedure uses Microsoft ® Windows ® 7 as an example.
1 Click Start → All Programs → Fuji Xerox → Fuji Xerox Printer Software for Asia-Pacific → your printer → SimpleMonitor-Btype for Asia-Pacific.
The Printer Selection window appears.
2 Click the name of the desired printer from the list.
The Printer Status Window appears.
For details about the functions of the SimpleMonitor , refer to the Help of the SimpleMonitor .
See also:
• "SimpleMonitor (Windows Only)" on page 59
434 Maintenance
„
Checking Printer Status Through E-mail (DocuPrint
CM215 f/CM215 fw Only)
When connected in a network environment where sending and receiving of e-mail is possible, the printer can send an e-mail report to specified e-mail addresses containing the following information:
• The network settings and the printer status
• The error status which has occurred on the printer
Setting the E-mail Environment
Activate the CentreWare Internet Services . On the Properties tab, configure the following settings according to your e-mail environment. After configuring the settings on each screen, always click
Apply and then turn off/on the printer to reboot. For details about each item, refer to the Help on the
CentreWare Internet Services .
Item
General Setup >
StatusMessenger
Port Status
Protocol Settings >
Item to be configured
Recipient's E-mail
Address 1
Recipient's E-mail
Address 2
Notification Items
StatusMessenger
SMTP Server Settings
• Machine's E-mail
Address
• SMTP Server Address
• SMTP Server Port
Number
Send Authentication
• E-mail Send
Authentication
• Login Name
• Password
• Re-enter Password
• SMTP Server
Connection Status
POP3 Server Settings
• POP3 Server Address
• POP3 Server Port
Number
• Login Name
• Password
• Re-enter Password
StatusMessenger
Password
• Password
• Re-enter Password
Description
Set the e-mail address to which notices about changes in printer status or errors are sent.
Set the contents of the notices to send in the e-mail.
Select Enabled.
Select appropriate settings for sending and receiving e-mail.
Maintenance 435
Conserving Supplies
You can change several settings in your print driver to conserve toner cartridge and paper.
Supply
Toner cartridge
Print media
Setting
Windows print driver:
Toner Saving Mode in the Graphics tab
Mac OS X print driver:
Toner Saving Mode on
Feature Sets: Detailed
Settings in the Printer
Features pane
Windows print driver:
Multiple Up in the Layout tab
Mac OS X print driver:
Pages per Sheet in the
Layout pane
Function
This feature allows the users to select a print mode that uses less toner. When this feature is used, the image quality will be lower than when it is not used.
The printer prints two or more pages on one side of a sheet. The available numbers that each print driver can print one sheet of paper are as follows:
• Windows print driver: 2, 4, 8, or 16 pages
• Mac OS X print driver: 2, 4, 6, 9, or 16 pages
Combined with the duplex setting, Pages per Sheet allows you to print up to 32 pages on one sheet of paper. (16 images on the front and 16 on the back)
Combined with the duplex setting, feature allows you to print up to 32 pages on one sheet of paper. (16 images on the front and 16 on the back)
436 Maintenance
Checking Page Counts
The total number of printed pages can be checked at the operator panel . Three meters are available:
Meter 1 (color prints), Meter 2 (monochrome prints), and Meter 4 (Meter 1 + Meter 2). Meter
3 always shows 0 on your printer.
The Meter Readings counts the number of pages printed properly. Single side print (including
Multiple Up ) is counted as one page, and 2-sided print (including Multiple Up ) is counted as two.
During 2-sided printing, if an error occurs after one side is printed properly, it is counted as one page.
When printing color data, which has been converted by using ICC profile on an application, with the
Color setting, the data is printed by color even if it seems to be black and white data on the monitor. In that case, Meter 1 and Meter 4 are increased.
When doing 2-sided printing, a blank page may be inserted automatically depending on the settings of the application. In this case, the blank page is counted as one page. However, when doing 2-sided printing for odd number of pages, the blank page inserted to the rear side of the last odd page is not counted.
See also:
• "Meter Readings" on page 298
Use the following procedure to check a meter:
1 Press the (System) button.
2 Select Meter Readings, and then press the button.
3 Check the values for each meter.
Maintenance 437
Moving the Printer
1 Turn off the printer.
2 For the DocuPrint CM215 f/CM215 fw, disconnect the power cord , interface cable, and any other cables.
For the DocuPrint CM215 b, disconnect the power cord and USB cable, and go to step 4 .
3 Remove any paper in the document output tray .
438 Maintenance
4 Remove any paper in the center output tray if there is. Close the output tray extension if it is extended.
5 Remove any paper in the priority sheet inserter ( PSI ) or multipurpose feeder ( MPF ). Keep the paper wrapped and away from humidity and dirt.
6 Push the PSI in.
Maintenance 439
7 Slide the slide bar backward until it stops.
8 Close the front cover .
9 Lift the printer and move it gently.
10 Adjust the color registration before using your printer.
See also:
• "Adjusting Color Registration" on page 385
440 Maintenance
Contacting Fuji Xerox
This chapter includes:
• "Technical Support" on page 442
• "Online Services" on page 443
12
Contacting Fuji Xerox 441
Technical Support
Fuji Xerox recommends the Customer first utilize support materials shipped with the product, product diagnostics, information contained on the Web, and email support. If unsuccessful, to obtain service under product warranty the Customer must notify Fuji Xerox Telephone Support or its authorised service representative of the defect before the expiration of the warranty period. Customer will provide appropriate assistance to Telephone Support personnel to resolve issues, such as restoration of the operating system, software program and drivers to their default configuration and settings, verification of functionality of Fuji Xerox supplied products, replacement of customer replaceable units, clearing paper misfeeds and cleaning the unit and other prescribed routine and preventative maintenance.
If the Customer’s product contains features that enable Fuji Xerox or its authorised service representative to diagnose and repair problems with the product remotely, Fuji Xerox may request that the Customer allow such remote access to the product.
442 Contacting Fuji Xerox
Online Services
You can find detail Product and Consumable warranty information and activate your warranty by registering your details on our website at http://www.fujixerox.com/support/docuprint/
Fuji Xerox Online Support Assistant provides instructions and troubleshooting guides to resolve your printer problems. It is an easy-to-use, searchable online help. To find out more, please visit our online support at http://www.fujixerox.com/support/docuprint/
Contacting Fuji Xerox 443
444 Contacting Fuji Xerox
Index
Symbols
.................................................49
Address Book
A
.......................................297
Address Book button ................................49
................................62
Address Book Editor
ADF cover
............................... 46 ,
...................................... 47 ,
Adjust Altitude
......................................321
Adjust ColorRegi
...................................318
Adjust Fusing Unit
.................................317
Adjust Transfer roller ..............................317
Adjusting color registration
.........................................299
............................................315
Ans Machine/Fax
..................................289
......................................41
........................ 289 ,
............................... 289 ,
Auto Rec TEL/FAX
........................ 289 ,
...................................318
Auto Regi Adjust
Auto Reset ...........................................314
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Automatic redialing
Avoiding jam
................................253
........................................349
B&W/Color LED
B
......................................49
............................................49
............................362
Black-and-white
Selecting for scanning ...................231
..................................................317
C (Clear) button
CA (Clear All) button
C
................................ 48 ,
................................48
.....................................145
Canceling print job
From computer .............................145
CentreWare Internet Services
Online Help for
.............................433
.......................................433
Clean Developer
...................................318
Clearing jam
........................................ 348
Clearing paper jam
From ADF ................................... 351
From center output tray
From front of the printer
.................. 356 From rear of the printer
Clock mode
......................................... 242
Coding method ....................................... 40
...................................... 170
,
Collated
Color ...................................169
,
Selecting for scanning
Color Balance
...................................... 327
Color Balance B .................................... 180
Color Balance G
................................... 179
................................... 178
Color Balance R
Color Button Set
................................... 330
....................................... 34
Color Mode button ................................... 49
........................... 387
................................... 69
Connection specifications
Connection type
...................................... 69
Connectivity ..................................... 37 ,
.............................. 436
Conserving supplies
Consumables ....................................... 428
Contacting service
................................. 407
Continuous copy ..................................... 35
Continuous copy speed ............................ 35
Continuous print speed
Copy button/LED
Copy problem
............................ 37
.................................... 48
....................................... 383
Copy quality
Problems
CTD sensor
.................................... 384
......................................... 421
Data LED
D
.............................................. 48
Date & Time
......................................... 314
Delayed Start
Demo Page
....................................... 334
......................................... 297
Determining values
................................ 388
Dimensions
............................................ 36
Direct Fax
............................................ 255
Discard Size
................................ 290
,
Display problems
Document cover
.................................. 363
............................... 45 ,
Document feeder tray
,
Document guides .................................... 47
Document output tray ............................... 44
Index 445
Document Size
DRPD
,
.................................................289
DRPD Pattern .............................. 290 ,
E
........................................... 290 ,
Edit From Field
.....................................323
Envelope
.....................................389
..................................... 317 ,
Error LED
.........................................297
..............................................48
Ethernet port
.................................... 46 ,
............................63
......................... 290 ,
F/W Version
F
.........................................316
Fault Time-Out
.....................................314
Fax
Limiting access to
Fax Activity
.......................... 290 ,
Fax Broadcast
.............................. 290 ,
.......................................49
............................ 290 ,
.....................................311
..................................311
.................................. 289 ,
Fax Header Name
Fax Number
......................... 290 ,
................................. 290 ,
Fax Transmit
.......................................390
................................ 290 ,
..........................................329
File Format
Film ....................................................415
............................34
...................................310
.............................. 44 ,
Getting help
G
.........................................408
SimpleMonitor alerts ......................408
Gray Balance
Group Dial
............................... 181 ,
...........................................299
Group dialing ........................................275
HDD
H
Halftone/Printable Colors
.....................................................34
I
...............................332
Images
....................................... 320
Installing a toner cartridge ....................... 425
Installing print driver
Mac OS X
Windows
................................... 107
....................................... 86
Internet Services ................................... 304
............................... 289
,
............................................... 305
J
.................................................... 361
Job History
.......................................... 297
Job Status button/LED
Job Time-Out ....................................... 314
Junk Fax Setup
............................. 48
............................ 289
,
Labels
L
........................................ 317
,
Launcher ............................................... 60
Layout
LCD
................................................ 334
..................................................... 48
LCD panel
............................................. 49
LCD panel messages ............................. 408
Levers
.................................... 44 ,
.......................................... 46
,
Light Card
................................... 317
,
Lighter/Darker
,
,
................................. 289
,
Line Type
.................................... 289
,
Liquid crystal display
................................ 48
Loading envelope
MPF
.......................................... 128
............................................ 133
MPF
............................... 121
.......................................... 123
............................................ 131
Low Toner Alert Msg
.............................. 316
LPD
................................................... 304
LW Gloss Card ............................. 317
,
Machine Life
M
........................................ 321
Machine weight
...................................... 36
Main components .................................... 44
Managing printer ........................... 432
,
Manual duplex printing
Margin Left/Right
Margin Middle
........................... 136
,
,
Margin Top/Bottom .................184
,
Max E-Mail Size
.................................... 332
Memory
................................................ 34
446 Index
Messages
SimpleMonitor
..............................408
....................................298
Total printed pages
Meters
Total page counts
............................................316
Modem Speed
Mottle
.............................. 290 ,
.................................................374
Multiple Up ..........................................436
N
..............................................299
No.n/Address (n is 1 - 5.)
No.n/Mask (n is 1 - 5.)
............................305
Non-Genuine Mode
Number of copies
............................305
...............................320
..................................168
Number of Redial
................................40
.......................... 289 ,
......................................48
.......................................... 182 ,
OK button
O
..............................................49
Operating system
...................................48
.............................. 37 ,
................................. 44 ,
Ordering toner cartridges
............................ 34 ,
Original size
,
Output paper size
....................................34
Output tray capacity .................................35
Output tray extension
................................34
P
....................................337
................................... 322 ,
Panel Settings
Paper chute
......................................297
Panel Settings page .................................53
...........................................46
Paper Density .......................................316
Paper feed roller
.....................................46
Paper tray capacity
.................................350
..................................35
Paper width guides
Parts name
............................................44
......................................................37
Peer-to-peer
........................................ 102
......................................... 299
Phone connector ..................................... 46
Plain ................................................... 317
Point and Print
........................................ 98
Port 9100
............................................ 304
Power connector ..................................... 46
................................. 36
.................................. 316
Power Saving Timer
Power supply
Power switch
,
......................................... 35
.................................... 44 ,
Prefix .................................................. 291
Prefix Dial
.............................290
,
Prefix Dial Num
Print button/LED
............................ 290
,
..................................... 49
Print driver installing
Mac OS X
Windows
................................... 107
....................................... 86
Print driver pre-install status
Print head cleaning rod
Print media
.......................................... 436
Dimensions
................................. 123
............................ 366
Print quality problems
Print resolution
....................................... 37
Printer connection and software installation
Printer software
................................ 58
...................................... 55
Printer status
StatusMessenger
Printing
............................................... 143
Custom paper .............................. 153
With Mac OS X print driver ..... 154
With Windows print driver
...................................... 113
........................... 144
.................................. 364
Printing Resolution .................................. 34
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) ..........44
,
Product features
Protocol
..................................... 30
................................................ 37
Protocol Monitor
................................... 297
R
..................................... 46
,
Rear cover handle ................................... 46
Receive Mode
.............................. 289
,
............................... 40 Recording paper size
Recycled ..................................... 317
,
Recycling supplies
Redial Delay
................................ 430
................................ 289
,
Redial/Pause button
................................ 48
............................ 171
,
Reduction/enlargement
............................ 34
Index 447
Region
........................................ 290 ,
Remote Rcv Tone
Remote Receive
......................... 289 ,
........................... 289 ,
Report page
.........................................156
Reset Wireless
.....................................303
Resetting to factory defaults
Resolution ........................... 246 ,
......................... 289 ,
......................................286
S
Safety
Electrical .......................................17
...................................22
.....................................48
Scan driver/Printer utility problems
........................................39
...................................329
............................................39
Scanning
Black-and-white images
Color images
...............................231
Limiting access to
Scan resolution
............................232
Setting color mode
Setting image file type ...................231
Suppress background color ............232
...................................38
Scanning problems
Scanning resolution
Scanning speed
................................392
......................................38
Secure Receive
....................................323
....................................321
Sending a fax
................................40
.......................................243
Sending a fax automatically
Sending a fax manually
Service Lock
........................................322
Setting the printer ID
..............................167
..............................240
Setting the time and date
Setting up for Web Services on Devices (WSD)
Setting your region
Sharpness
................................239
........................... 176 ,
SimpleMonitor
........................................59
SimpleMonitor Alerts ..............................408
.......................................... 44 ,
SNMP .................................................304
Space requirement
...............................323
..................................36
448 Index
Speaker Volume
Specification
Speed Dial
................................... 285
.......................................... 33
........................................... 299
Speed Dial button
................................... 48
............................................ 48
StatusMessenger .................................. 304
Checking printer status
Configuring
................................. 435
............................................ 48
Storing consumables
System button/LED
System Settings
............................. 431
................................. 48
.................................... 297
T
................................................ 304
Telephone
........................................... 289
Telephone/Fax
..................................... 289
Tone/Pulse
................................... 332
.................................. 289
,
Toner access cover
........................... 44 ,
Toner cartridges
Conserving
.................................. 436
Toner Refresh
.............................. 429
...................................... 319
Toner Roller Refresh
............................. 319
Tool Without An Interesting Name (TWAIN) 193
................................ 46
,
Transfer drum
Transfer roller ......................................... 46
Transmission mode
................................. 40
Transmission resolution
............................ 41
Transmission speed
.......................... 40 ,
................................... 40
........................................ 335
U
........................................ 44 ,
USB port
......................................... 46 ,
USB Settings
Port Status .................................. 324
USB storage device ............................... 226
Wall jack connector
Warm-up time
W
,
........................................ 34
Warning and error messages
White document cover
Wi-Fi
........................... 415
.................................................. 305
Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) ............ 195
Wired network
Ethernet
Wireless Setup
..................................... 300
Initialize NVM
.............................. 305
...................................... 304
..................................... 301
.....................................300
...................................................303
Index 449
450 Index
DocuPrint CM215 Series User Guide
Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
ME6374E2-1 (Edition 1)
XXXX 2013
Copyright© 2013 by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
advertisement
Related manuals
advertisement